You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
22<br />
R<br />
<strong>ONE</strong> <strong>MORE</strong> <strong>TIME</strong> <strong>CD</strong>
WARNING! Although the beam emitted by the laser diodes is nearly invisible, it may cause severe damage to<br />
the human eye. Use an infrared indicator to check the laser beam.<br />
CLASS 1<br />
LASER PRODUCT<br />
3122 110 03420<br />
ATTENTION!<br />
The <strong>CD</strong> mechanism and many ICs are extremely susceptible to electrostatic discharges. The photo diodes<br />
and the laser diode are more sensitive to discharges than MOS ICs. Careless handling may immediately destroy<br />
components or can drastically reduce life expectancy of these components so that it will lead to failure after<br />
several weeks or even months of use.<br />
Before you touch the player, discharge your hands and tools by touching a grounded metal part of the jukebox,<br />
such as the amplifier or the mechanism chassis. Make sure that you are connected via a wrist wrap with resistance<br />
to the same potential as the chassis of the jukebox. Keep parts and tools at the same potential.<br />
If you remove the player in case of repair or for transport, short the harness with a short circuit plug.<br />
When repairing, observe all valid safety rules. Do not change the original condition of the jukebox. Use original<br />
spare parts only.<br />
ESD<br />
This manual belongs to machines equipped with program versiones 4.09 (or higher).<br />
Subject to alterations.
1 Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
1.1 Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
1.2 Removal of mechanism shipping guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />
1.3 Removal of motor book shipping guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6<br />
1.4 Power on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6<br />
2 Loading compact discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />
2.1 <strong>CD</strong> handling precautions - <strong>CD</strong> and player cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />
2.2 Inserting <strong>CD</strong>s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8<br />
2.3 Programming number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9<br />
3 Coin operation or free play? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10<br />
3.1 Coin operation and coin return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10<br />
3.2 Price settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10<br />
3.3 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11<br />
3.4 Color codes of coin input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11<br />
3.5 Free play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12<br />
3.6 Test credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12<br />
4 Track selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14<br />
4.1 How to select a track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14<br />
4.2 The button R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14<br />
4.3 The display flashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14<br />
4.4 I do not like this track - the button CANCEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />
5 Volume, sound and balance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />
5.1 Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier K99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />
5.1.1 The infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17<br />
5.2 Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier F91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />
5.2.1 The infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19<br />
5.3 Pre-settings for volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20<br />
5.3.1 Pre-settings for bass and treble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20<br />
6 Programming short view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21<br />
7 Jukebox programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22<br />
7.1 Call up service programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22<br />
7.2 How to leave service programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22<br />
7.3 Programming of time functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23<br />
7.3.1 Clock setting, level 2 button 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23<br />
7.3.2 Set date, level 2 button 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23<br />
7.3.3 Set year and weekday, level 2 button 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23<br />
7.4 Automatic random select (Playstimulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24<br />
7.4.1 Programming start and stop time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />
7.5 Back Ground Music (BGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26<br />
7.5.1 Number of BGM <strong>CD</strong>s and repeat time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27<br />
7.5.2 Start position for BGM <strong>CD</strong>s and configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28<br />
7.5.3 BGM time zones at different weekdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28<br />
7.6 HappyHour pricing (additional bonus plays) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />
7.6.1 Programming of the HappyHour start and stop time, level 2 button 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
1
7.6.2 Programming of the additional bonus plays, level 2 button 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />
7.7 Number of tracks played successively on the same disc, level 2 button 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31<br />
7.8 Album selection and memory reset by power off, level 2 button 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />
7.9 Disabling single tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33<br />
8 Data retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34<br />
8.1 Retrieval of least popular discs (flops), level 1 button 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34<br />
8.2 Top Tunes, level 1 button 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34<br />
8.3 Cash box contents, level 1 button 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />
8.4 Total number of plays, level 1 button 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />
8.5 CLEAR ALL counters (reset to 0 0 0 0), level 1 button 3 + reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />
8.6 Memory of not playable <strong>CD</strong>s, level 1 button 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />
9 Amplifier K99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36<br />
9.1 Device description of the amplifier K99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36<br />
9.2 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36<br />
9.3 Verification of power voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37<br />
9.4 Position of fuses and plug connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />
9.5 The first power ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />
9.6 Volume control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />
9.7 The infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40<br />
9.8 Treble and bass control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41<br />
9.9 Automatic volume correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41<br />
9.10 Background Music - volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41<br />
9.11 External speaker connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42<br />
9.12 External amplifier connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />
9.13 Disabling the internal mute circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />
9.14 Input selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />
10 Amplifier F91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44<br />
10.1 Verification of power voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44<br />
10.2 Position of fuses and plug connectors on the power amp board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45<br />
10.3 The first power ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />
10.4 Pre-settings for volume, bass, treble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />
10.4.1 Pre-settings for volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47<br />
10.4.2 Pre-settings for bass and treble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47<br />
10.5 Speaker connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48<br />
10.5.1 The operating mode STEREO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49<br />
10.6 Connecting external speakers in operating mode 2-CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />
10.7 BGM mode - volume attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51<br />
10.8 Automatic volume control (AVC) and clipping stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51<br />
10.9 Overdrive protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51<br />
10.10 Overload protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52<br />
10.11 Tape input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52<br />
11 70v output transformer (0043157) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53<br />
11.1 Hints of connectable speaker loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53<br />
2<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
11.2 Determination of the connectable speaker power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />
11.3 Hints for speaker connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />
11.4 Connection of 70v systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55<br />
12 Amplifier I84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56<br />
12.1 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56<br />
12.2 Volume control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
12.3 Automatic loudness controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
12.4 Treble and bass control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
12.5 Slide switch ’Stereo/2-Kanal’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />
12.6 Maximum amplifier load and external speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58<br />
12.7 Connection of external speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58<br />
12.8 Infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59<br />
12.9 Infrared remote control with selection buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60<br />
13 Function tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />
13.1 Digital display test / EPROM-version, level 1 button 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />
13.2 <strong>CD</strong> carrier control check, level 1, button 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />
13.3 Gripper arm motor test, level 1, button 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />
13.4 <strong>CD</strong> player check (START), level 1, button 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />
13.5 Jump to NEXT track, level 1, button 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />
13.6 Jump to PREVIOUS track, level 1, button 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />
13.7 STOP playing, level 1, button 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63<br />
14 Description of S&CC price setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64<br />
15 Integrated test program of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />
15.1 Access to the player functions without S&CC unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />
15.2 Test functions <strong>CD</strong>-PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66<br />
15.3 Special test functions of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67<br />
16 Functional description of the mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.1 Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2 Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2.1 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2.2 S&CC supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2.3 <strong>CD</strong>-PRO supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2.4 Digital display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />
16.2.5 Number of plays and cash counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.6 Selection and <strong>CD</strong> carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.7 Start / counting process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.8 <strong>CD</strong> transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.9 Mute off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.10 Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.11 Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />
16.2.12 <strong>CD</strong> return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />
16.2.13 New selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />
17 Error messages and remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />
17.1 Failures with illumination, display and power system generally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
3
17.2 Faults with the coin system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72<br />
17.3 Faults by selection entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73<br />
17.4 Repetitive apply of selected or non-selected <strong>CD</strong>s to turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />
17.5 Failures in the system carrier - gripper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />
17.6 Failures with sound reproduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77<br />
17.7 <strong>CD</strong> not properly returned to carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77<br />
18 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78<br />
18.1 Microfone kit (part no. 0006953) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78<br />
18.2 BGM-Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78<br />
19 Wiring and connection diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />
19.1 Wiring diagram door - illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />
19.2 Connection diagram OMT <strong>CD</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80<br />
19.3 Board layout Selection & Credit Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81<br />
19.4 Wiring diagram Selection & Credit Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />
19.5 Board layout <strong>CD</strong>M12 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83<br />
19.6 Wiring diagram <strong>CD</strong>M12 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84<br />
19.7 Wiring diagram 24V distributor interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85<br />
19.8 Wiring diagram motor page system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86<br />
19.9 Wiring diagram bubble tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87<br />
19.10 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88<br />
19.11 Wiring diagram K99 - output transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89<br />
19.12 Wiring diagram K99 - pre-amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />
19.13 Wiring diagram K99 - sound control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91<br />
19.14 Wiring diagram K99 - port A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92<br />
19.15 Wiring diagram K99 - Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93<br />
19.16 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply Euro 230V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94<br />
19.17 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply UL/USA 117V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95<br />
20 Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96<br />
4<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Unlocking<br />
1 Unpacking<br />
1.1 Unlocking<br />
The key is stored in the coin return cup in the<br />
RH cabinet wall. The key WUA 1 unlocks the<br />
cabinet by turning the key clockwise. The lock is<br />
spring loaded, press slightly against the door,<br />
this allows the key to turn easily. The two other<br />
keys with 5 digit number codes unlock the cash<br />
box at the bottom of the RH cabinet wall. In this<br />
box the hand transmitter is located if an infrared<br />
remote control has been installed.<br />
- +<br />
- +<br />
CANCEL MUTE<br />
MUSIC<br />
SELECTION<br />
1 2 3<br />
4 5 6 RESET<br />
7 8 9<br />
0<br />
INTERN<br />
CHANNEL 1<br />
EXTERN<br />
CHANNEL 2<br />
POWER<br />
RCS-K<br />
No.: 0059745<br />
OPTION<br />
WUA 1<br />
456734<br />
WUA 1<br />
WUA 1<br />
for door<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
for cash box<br />
1.2 Removal of mechanism shipping guards<br />
1. The mechanism platform is fixed to cabinet<br />
with one bolt in front LH side (1) and one<br />
bolt back RH side (1). Remove both completely<br />
using a 13mm spanner or a large<br />
screw driver. Possibly you can use the tool<br />
fixed to the lid of the gear box (2).<br />
2. Remove plastic string at the pivot point of<br />
the pressure arm (3).<br />
3. Remove plastic holder securing <strong>CD</strong> player<br />
chassis (4).<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
5<br />
4<br />
1<br />
8<br />
6<br />
7<br />
4. Remove foam (5), laser cover (6) securing<br />
laser head in <strong>CD</strong> player and instruction<br />
plate (7).<br />
5. Remove foam between magnetic pressure<br />
disc and black plastic cover (8).<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
5
Removal of motor book shipping guards<br />
1.3 Removal of motor book shipping guards<br />
Cut both plastic strings on both sides of the<br />
book (1).<br />
Press push buttons (2) inside and turn down the<br />
book (3).<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Remove elastic band from the motor book systems<br />
(4).<br />
NOTE: Save the removed shipping guards. You<br />
may need them if you decide to move your machine<br />
to another location.<br />
1.4 Power on<br />
NOTE: Make sure that wall socket is grounded<br />
properly.<br />
The <strong>CD</strong>-jukebox operates on normal household<br />
power outlet. Set mains switch at rear wall of cabinet<br />
to on position. If the selection and credit<br />
memory is empty the basket turns once and the<br />
left two digits show alternatly a "0". After a short<br />
time the display counts up to the carrier size in<br />
the two RH digits (50 or 00 for 100 discs). After<br />
this the basket stops in position "01". The digital<br />
display shows "0 0 0 0", then "0 0 0 1" when a<br />
basket with 100 <strong>CD</strong>s is used "0 1 0 1" for a 50<br />
<strong>CD</strong> carrier.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
4<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
power switch<br />
o.k.<br />
?<br />
6<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
<strong>CD</strong> handling precautions - <strong>CD</strong> and player cleaning<br />
2 Loading compact discs<br />
2.1 <strong>CD</strong> handling precautions - <strong>CD</strong> and player cleaning<br />
Dust, fingerprints or other dirt on the disc surface can<br />
cause skipping, jumping or sticking problems.<br />
Because of this never touch the surface of a disc! However<br />
it is rather easy to remove nicotine, dust or fingerprints.<br />
Nicotine, dust, fingerprints:<br />
Dust can be removed with a lintfree soft cloth. If necessary,<br />
remove heavy dirt or fingerprints with a moistened<br />
soft cloth soaked in a solution of water and a detergent.<br />
Never use record cleaning sprays or anti static sprays!<br />
Furthermore, do not use other types of cleaners containing<br />
benzene, thinner or other solvents. These liquids will<br />
cause damage to the surface of discs. Move the cloth<br />
from the inside towards the outside and not in circular<br />
motion.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Removing scratches:<br />
Use a soft cloth and a soft polish.<br />
Laser lens cleaning:<br />
Smoke and dust soils the lens. It can be cleaned with a<br />
cue-tip soaked in a detergent (i.e. Kodak Lens Cleaner,<br />
part no. 0051735). Place the tip on the lens and press<br />
down carefully.<br />
ATTENTION! The whole laser unit is very sensitive!<br />
! Move the cue-tip only in the direction shown in the picture<br />
(perp. to the sledge direction).<br />
! Do not scratch the special treated surface of the<br />
lense.<br />
! Take care that the cleaning solution will not run into<br />
the focus unit.<br />
! Keep away metal parts from the lens unit. A strong magnet is located underneath the lens. It attracts<br />
also smallest metal parts and so can block the complete unit.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
7
Inserting <strong>CD</strong>s<br />
2.2 Inserting <strong>CD</strong>s<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Insert up to 50 or 100 <strong>CD</strong>s, depending on the<br />
compartments in the carrier. Start with 01. The<br />
"Label" must show always to the left, towards<br />
the next lower number. To achieve the optimum<br />
position for loading, press in steps the lever "rotate<br />
carrier". If less than 50 (100) discs are<br />
used, the number of discs used has to be programmed<br />
in the service program level 1, button<br />
5 (see chapter "Programming number of <strong>CD</strong>s in<br />
the carrier", see page 9).<br />
ATTENTION! For carriers with 100 <strong>CD</strong>s the position<br />
’00’ is the 100th <strong>CD</strong>.<br />
It is recommended to insert the Compact Disc<br />
and then the title page into the appropriate numerical<br />
slot position of the motor page system.<br />
The pages can be turned manually by hand without<br />
any damage to the motor drive. In some<br />
models the transparent dust cover of the record<br />
carrier has to be lifted up at the front, it will rest<br />
in this position.<br />
01<br />
lever<br />
NOTE: After unpacking or if you turned the pages<br />
manually sometimes it seems that the motorbook<br />
does not turn properly. In this case turn<br />
the whole motorbook once forward and backward<br />
using the buttons.<br />
It is necessary to reprogramme the number of<br />
<strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier if a number less than 50 or<br />
100 discs are inserted to avoid the changer mechanism<br />
operating with empty compartments.<br />
If the number of <strong>CD</strong>s is programmed correctly<br />
the display will flash when you select an empty<br />
compartment. A flashing display always indicates<br />
a wrong selection or not enough credit.<br />
9<br />
1 2<br />
3 4<br />
5 6<br />
7 8<br />
R<br />
0<br />
The number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier has to be programmed<br />
in service level 1, selection button 5,<br />
described as follows.<br />
buttons<br />
to turn the<br />
motor book<br />
8<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
M<br />
M<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
R L L<br />
E E L L<br />
E E SS<br />
8 8 W / / 80 80 W W<br />
O<br />
O<br />
XTERNER XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
AUTSPRECHER OPTION<br />
XTERNAL XTERNAL PEAKER PEAKER<br />
OPTION<br />
2-K / 2-C<br />
S<br />
I L<br />
I S<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-T<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-T<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Ka pe den Netzstecker<br />
ziehen!<br />
Warning!<br />
M<br />
S<br />
TO REDUCE THE RISK<br />
O FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAME TYPE AND<br />
Bass<br />
RATING FUSE S<br />
F1 - F4<br />
F<br />
1 0-240 V<br />
17 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz<br />
60Hz<br />
A / D<br />
T 4 A<br />
3,0 AMP<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
RS232<br />
30V~<br />
26V~<br />
26V~<br />
12V=<br />
BGM<br />
AC<br />
AC<br />
AC<br />
DC<br />
ok.<br />
S / S<br />
CAUTION<br />
ICHERUNG<br />
USE<br />
ANAL HA NEL<br />
TEREO<br />
NTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
NTERNAL PEAKER<br />
RAFO<br />
RANSFORMER<br />
U BLE UBES<br />
ETZTRAFO<br />
RANSFORMER<br />
B -T<br />
D A<br />
R C<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
N<br />
T<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Shock hazard! Do not open!<br />
Verstärker K 9 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 9 C-UL 058484<br />
I<br />
E<br />
C 1<br />
C<br />
ntern<br />
hannel<br />
nel<br />
ONO<br />
TEREO<br />
xtern<br />
ha nel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
NZEIGE ISPLAY<br />
MICRO<br />
MUTE<br />
TAPE<br />
CHALTER WITCHES<br />
A /O 3<br />
AVC<br />
E /O<br />
4<br />
MODE 2-K /2C<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5<br />
INPUT TAPE<br />
A /O 6<br />
BGM<br />
E /O<br />
US F<br />
I N<br />
STEREO 2-K ANAL/2C<br />
HANNEL<br />
TAPE<br />
US F<br />
IN N<br />
Zur Beachtung: Nur Sicherungen mit<br />
gleicher Größe und gleichem Wert<br />
verwenden, um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk o fire<br />
replace only with same typ and rating fuses.<br />
Netzsicherung<br />
Scheina<br />
nehmer<br />
210-240V - T 4A<br />
Bi l- 1 0- 17V - F 6A<br />
a ceptor<br />
Externer Hauptschalter<br />
External Mains switch<br />
Leuchtsto flampen<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
Fluorescent Lamps<br />
230V / 17V<br />
1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
BGM<br />
E<br />
E<br />
F<br />
R C<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
RWEITERUNG<br />
XTENSION<br />
ERNREGLER<br />
EMOTE- ONTROL<br />
D A<br />
R C<br />
056041<br />
058484<br />
240<br />
230<br />
20<br />
210<br />
17<br />
1 0<br />
NFRAROT- NFRAROT- EGLER EGLER<br />
NFRARED- NFRARED- EMOTE EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
INGANG INGANG<br />
XTRA INGANG INGANG<br />
UTPUT UTPUT<br />
IKROFON IKROFON NPUT NPUT<br />
XTRA XTRA NPUT NPUT<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
BGM BGM<br />
I R RS RS 232 232<br />
I R<br />
A<br />
O<br />
M<br />
L R R<br />
M<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
II <strong>CD</strong> <strong>CD</strong><br />
L L R R<br />
E E E 3 3 0mV 0mV<br />
E I I 33 0mV 0mV<br />
L L R R<br />
Netzspa nung<br />
50/60 Hz<br />
Mains Voltage<br />
50/60 cps<br />
Verstärker<br />
Amplifier Amplifier<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
<strong>CD</strong> Tower<br />
Programming number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier<br />
2.3 Programming number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier<br />
At the rear wall inside the jukebox cabinet the Selection &<br />
Credit Computer is situated. Some units are equipped<br />
with a metal cover. In this case the slide switch "SER-<br />
VICE" and the button "LT" are accessible through holes.<br />
To programme the number of inserted <strong>CD</strong>s (service program,<br />
level 1):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Press selection button 5 -hold down- and press selection<br />
button R than release both buttons.<br />
4. Enter the number of inserted <strong>CD</strong>s (without BGM<br />
<strong>CD</strong>s) with two digits followed by 00, example: 50 for<br />
50 discs<br />
(exception: 100. <strong>CD</strong>s = 00).<br />
To check the new settings, press selection button 5<br />
again.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Exit the service program:<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation run. After this the<br />
jukebox is ready to operate.<br />
slide switch<br />
SERVICE<br />
K<br />
ON<br />
Service<br />
OFF<br />
TT<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 4I / <strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
button LT<br />
F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1 M LT<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
0040264<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
+B<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
OFF<br />
20T<br />
P6<br />
P5<br />
P8<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
9
Coin operation and coin return<br />
3 Coin operation or free play?<br />
Both coin operation or free play are adjustible at the<br />
“Selection & Credit Computer” unit. It is located at the<br />
rear wall inside the cabinet underneath the <strong>CD</strong>-player.<br />
Special jumpers (short wires, located in the accessory<br />
pack of the manual ) are used to be set on the SCCunit.<br />
As long as no jumper is set in row GP from 0 to F<br />
(free play) the jukebox works with coins only.<br />
jumper from 0 to F<br />
in row GP<br />
TT F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
BR<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
0<br />
2 2<br />
0<br />
1<br />
0<br />
1<br />
0<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP+6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
button LT<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
3.1 Coin operation and coin return<br />
From factory the jukebox is set to coin operation. If<br />
you insert a certain number of coins according to the<br />
denomination label, the jukebox gives the credits or<br />
plays it is adjusted for.<br />
You will get your change by turning the rotary switch at<br />
the RH side of the jukebox.<br />
If you want to change the play prices you have to<br />
change the jumper settings on the SCC-unit. See examples<br />
in the accessory pack.<br />
denomination<br />
label<br />
2 Spiele 1,- DM<br />
5 Spiele 2,- DM<br />
14 Spiele 5,- DM<br />
1<br />
3 4<br />
5 6<br />
7 8<br />
9 0<br />
R<br />
2<br />
3.2 Price settings<br />
In the ’EURO’ version no play prices are preset.<br />
Usually the prices are preset by the factory<br />
according to the denomination label in<br />
the accessories. If other combinations are<br />
required, refer to the following examples. For<br />
price setting proceed as follows:<br />
3<br />
4<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
1. Switch on the jukebox.<br />
K<br />
ON<br />
Service<br />
OFF<br />
TT<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
2. Coin output plugs (1) should be set according<br />
an separate attached instruction<br />
by connecting to the pin row (2) on the<br />
SCC unit. Pay attention to wiring colors<br />
(refer to chapt. 3.4 on page 11).<br />
3. Set the attached jumpers in B1 to B4<br />
according to the number of the desired<br />
additional bonus plays. (3).<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 4I / <strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
0040264<br />
P6<br />
P5<br />
P8<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
OFF<br />
4. Press „LT“ button once (4) to accept the new price/bonus setting.<br />
10<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Examples<br />
3.3 Examples<br />
AUS<br />
10ct 20ct 50ct<br />
1$ 2$<br />
2 plays 1 $<br />
5 plays 2 $<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T1<br />
T<br />
AUS<br />
10ct 20ct 50ct<br />
1$ 2$<br />
1 play 1 $<br />
3 plays 2 $<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T1<br />
T<br />
USA<br />
25cts $1.00<br />
10p<br />
50p<br />
$1.00<br />
GB<br />
20p<br />
1£<br />
1play 50cts<br />
3plays$1.00<br />
21 plays $ 5.00<br />
1play 30p<br />
2 plays 50 p<br />
5plays £1<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
3.4 Color codes of coin input<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T<br />
USA<br />
25cts $1.00<br />
$1.00<br />
mechanical coin validator<br />
USA<br />
LT<br />
SCC<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
0.25 blue<br />
1$ grey<br />
1$ orange<br />
yellow<br />
white<br />
brown<br />
1play 50cts<br />
3plays$1.00<br />
18 plays $ 5.00<br />
Free Play<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
F<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
electronical coin validator<br />
AUS<br />
LT<br />
SCC<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
10ct blue<br />
20ct red<br />
50ct orange<br />
violet<br />
1$ yellow<br />
2$ green<br />
brown<br />
M<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
mechanical<br />
coin validator<br />
Cashflow<br />
111<br />
DIP switches<br />
on interface<br />
off-on<br />
1 10 ct<br />
2 20 ct<br />
3 50 ct<br />
4 1$<br />
5 2$<br />
6<br />
electronical coin validator<br />
electronical coin validator<br />
GB<br />
LT<br />
SCC<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
10p yellow<br />
20p orange<br />
2.00 weiß<br />
grey<br />
50p red<br />
1£ brown<br />
green<br />
violet<br />
EURO<br />
LT<br />
SCC<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
0.50 red<br />
1.00 brown<br />
2.00 white<br />
grey<br />
green<br />
violet<br />
NRI<br />
Interface<br />
NRI<br />
Interface<br />
G13<br />
Credit<br />
G13<br />
Credit<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
11
Free play<br />
3.5 Free play<br />
row BS<br />
button LT<br />
To set the jukebox to free play:<br />
1. In case there are already jumpers in the rows GP<br />
and BS, notice their position (for later resetting to<br />
coin operation) and remove them.<br />
TT<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
2. Set a jumper from 0 to F (free play) in the row GP on the SCC unit.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
3. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
4. Now one track is selectable without coin insertion.<br />
5. In between two to six plays are selectable by setting an additional jumper in the row ‘BS’ (Bonus<br />
Step) from 0 to 2 or from 0 to 6.<br />
6. Up to 47 tracks are pre-selectable by setting a jumper in the row ‘BS' from 0 to 7.<br />
3.6 Test credit<br />
For repair and test purposes it is possible to give test credits.<br />
By touching the test credit button you get one credit also<br />
shown in the digital display. You can terminate un-used credits<br />
by pressing the LT button.<br />
In jukeboxes with an electronical coin validator you can find<br />
the test credit button on the coin validator interface board.<br />
In jukeboxes with mechanical coin validator the test credit<br />
button is mounted over the return lever inside.<br />
12<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Test credit<br />
Price settings:<br />
...............<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
...............<br />
...............<br />
...............<br />
............... test credit<br />
...............<br />
...............<br />
............... GND<br />
............... +35 V !<br />
pulse<br />
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.<br />
inserted<br />
money<br />
plays from<br />
GP:<br />
from bonus<br />
step<br />
plays<br />
B1...B4<br />
total plays<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
13
How to select a track<br />
4 Track selection<br />
4.1 How to select a track<br />
If credit exists or free play is set you can select tracks by means of the buttons 0 - 9 on the keyboard.<br />
First enter the number of the <strong>CD</strong> with two digits, then the track with two digits too. Example: <strong>CD</strong> 2,<br />
track 9: Enter 0 - 2 - 0 - 9 (Exception: <strong>CD</strong> 100 = 00.)<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
4.2 The button R<br />
You can delete wrongly entered numbers up to the<br />
third digit by means of the button R (Reset). But after<br />
having entered the fourth digit the jukebox stores and<br />
executes a selection. By pressing the button R the<br />
available credit will be displayed for a few seconds.<br />
button R<br />
4.3 The display flashes<br />
After entering the fourth digit of a selection the jukebox starts to search<br />
and play the selected <strong>CD</strong> immediately. If the display flashes the entered<br />
selection was not valid. Check:<br />
! if credit is available or<br />
! if the selection is higher then the programmed number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier<br />
If you select a higher track number than available on a <strong>CD</strong> the jukebox overcounts the tracks and<br />
starts at the beginning.<br />
Example: <strong>CD</strong> 03 contains 17 tracks. But selected track is 0 - 3 - 1 - 9. The jukebox plays track 02 of<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 03.<br />
A maximum of 25 tracks per <strong>CD</strong> can be selected!<br />
14<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
I do not like this track - the button CANCEL<br />
4.4 I do not like this track - the button CANCEL<br />
If you do not like a track you can cancel it by pressing<br />
the button 'CANCEL' at the rear side of the jukebox or at<br />
the remote control. The jukebox stops playing or plays<br />
the next track if a selection has already been made.<br />
You can terminate all selections only by pressing the button<br />
LT on the SCC unit .<br />
control<br />
terminal F91<br />
0058407<br />
VOLUME<br />
BASSI<br />
NTERN<br />
CHANNEL 1<br />
TREBLE<br />
MIN BALANCE MAX<br />
- +<br />
MODE MUTE PRESET CANCEL<br />
EXTERN<br />
CANCEL MUTE<br />
CHANNEL 2<br />
MIN MAX<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
control<br />
terminal K99<br />
button<br />
CANCEL<br />
MIN<br />
MAX<br />
MUTE<br />
CANCEL<br />
MIN<br />
MAX<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
15
NORMAL<br />
SEPARATE<br />
VOLUME<br />
TAPE<br />
ANAL<br />
HANNEL<br />
E<br />
I<br />
M<br />
M<br />
A<br />
O<br />
Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier K99<br />
5 Volume, sound and balance control<br />
5.1 Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier K99<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Volume control<br />
You can control the volume of the jukebox from different<br />
points at the same time:<br />
1. With the pots Vol.1 and Vol.2 on the amplifier.<br />
2. With an optional connectable IR remote control.<br />
3. With the pots of the control box at the rear side of the<br />
jukebox.<br />
The device from which the volume is altered last determines<br />
it.<br />
The volume control unit can be taken out and may be mounted at another place as a remote control.<br />
Its cable may be extended as required with any kind of wire. The voltages of the control wires are 5V<br />
DC.<br />
The control box has two volume knobs (Intern / Channel 1 and Extern / Channel 2). In position ”Stereo”<br />
the knob “Intern / Channel 1” is effective for the internal speakers. The knob Extern / Channel 2<br />
is controlling the volume of the RCA outputs for an optional external amplifier. In position ”2 Channel”<br />
of the DIP switch the channels1 (RH) and 2 (LH) are controllable separately.<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
OPTION<br />
OPTION<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80 W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
Verstärker K 99<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY Intern<br />
Extern<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND Channel<br />
1 Channel<br />
2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
1 PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K /2C<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM<br />
E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
BGM<br />
E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
XTRA INGANG<br />
XTRA NPUT<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
L R<br />
The pots Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 on the amplifier are not effective if the wire control box is connected<br />
16<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier K99<br />
5.1.1 The infrared remote control<br />
As desired an infrared remote control will be installed<br />
from factory or can be delivered as conversion kit (part<br />
no. 0058809). If it has been installed the hand transmitter<br />
is located in the cashbox.<br />
If credit is given or free play is programmed a <strong>CD</strong> can<br />
be selected with the buttons 0 to 9 and R.<br />
Double button functions as required in the service programs<br />
(i.e. press button 5 -hold down- and press button<br />
R), are impossible. For this you only can use the<br />
keyboard of the jukebox.<br />
You can control the volume by means of the buttons +<br />
and -. In stereo mode the internal +/- buttons control<br />
the volume of the internal speakers. The external +/-<br />
buttons control the volume of the K99 RCA jacks for<br />
an optional external amplifier. In 2-channel mode you<br />
can control the external speakers by the buttons + and<br />
- of the external channel.<br />
Beam the jukebox directly if possible.<br />
You can connect the wire remote control box as well.<br />
The power-on volume level is always set by the channel<br />
1 and 2 pots on the amplifier or on the control box<br />
(if connected).<br />
selection<br />
buttons<br />
music control<br />
buttons<br />
battery type<br />
LR03 (AAA)<br />
RCS-K<br />
No.: 0059745<br />
SELECTION<br />
1 2 3 OPTION<br />
4 5 6 RESET<br />
7 8 9<br />
0<br />
POWER<br />
VOLUME<br />
- +<br />
INTERN<br />
CHANNEL 1<br />
- +<br />
EXTERN<br />
CHANNEL 2<br />
CANCEL MUTE<br />
BATTERY:<br />
IEC LR03<br />
(AAA)<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Batteries will be delivered. To open the battery compartment<br />
move the cover like shown in the picture.<br />
Needed battery type and position of the batteries in<br />
the hand transmitter are shown on the casing.<br />
position<br />
of batteries<br />
Part no. of the hand transmitter: 0059745.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
17
Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier F91<br />
5.2 Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier F91<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
The control terminal at the rear<br />
With the control terminal at the rear side of the jukebox<br />
the volume, treble, bass and balance can be controlled<br />
individually.<br />
After power up or if no button has been pressed for approx.<br />
5 sec or after the button PRESET has been<br />
pressed, the terminal stays in the mode "VOLUME".<br />
The LED "VOLUME" lights. In this mode you can control<br />
the volume by means of the buttons '+' and '-'.<br />
One LED corresponds to each mode. All modes are<br />
accessible by pressing the ‘mode’ button. With the buttons<br />
'+' and '-' treble, bass or balance can be controlled.<br />
The control terminal can be taken out and be used as<br />
a wired remote control.<br />
ATTENTION! Depending on adjusted volume of the<br />
jukebox noise levels of more than 70 dB can be reached.<br />
The meanings of the buttons...<br />
! MODE: Switches to the next operating mode. After<br />
about 5 seconds without operating any buttons, ‘volume’<br />
mode is resumed.<br />
! PRESET: Volume, bass, treble, and balance are<br />
set to the pre-set according to DIP switch setting.<br />
Actual mode is set to ‘Volume’.<br />
! CANCEL: Rejects a playing track. If album play is<br />
selected the next track will be played.<br />
! MUTE: As long as this button is activated, the amplifier<br />
output is muted.<br />
current<br />
mode<br />
MODE<br />
CANCEL<br />
+/-<br />
+/-<br />
+/-<br />
+/-<br />
0039661<br />
VOLUME<br />
BASS<br />
TREBLE<br />
BALANCE<br />
- +<br />
VOLUME<br />
PRESET<br />
MUTE<br />
Press button MODE<br />
BASS<br />
Press button MODE<br />
TREBLE<br />
Press button MODE<br />
BALANCE<br />
Press button MODE<br />
LED Volume<br />
lights<br />
LED Bass<br />
lights<br />
LED Treble<br />
lights<br />
LED Balance<br />
lights<br />
18<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Volume, sound and balance control - amplifier F91<br />
5.2.1 The infrared remote control<br />
As desired an infrared remote control will be installed<br />
from factory or can be delivered as conversion kit (part<br />
no. 0040435). If it has been installed the hand transmitter<br />
is located in the cashbox.<br />
If credit is given or free play is programmed a <strong>CD</strong> can<br />
be selected with the buttons 0 to 9 and R.<br />
Double button functions as required in the service programs<br />
(i.e. press button 5 -hold down- and press button<br />
R), are impossible. For this you can use the<br />
keyboard of the jukebox only.<br />
The meanings of the music control buttons are according<br />
to the buttons on the control terminal on the rear<br />
side of the jukebox (ref. to the prev. chapter).<br />
The receiver eye of the infrared remote control is located<br />
behind the hole between the design elements on<br />
top of the front door. Beam this point directly if possible.<br />
The common control terminal can be connected besides.<br />
It can be mounted outside to display the actual<br />
mode.<br />
Batteries will be delivered. To open the battery compartment<br />
move the cover as shown in the picture.<br />
The required battery type and position of the batteries<br />
in the hand transmitter are shown on the casing.<br />
Part no. of the hand transmitter: 0040443.<br />
selection<br />
buttons<br />
music control<br />
buttons<br />
battery type<br />
LR03 (AAA)<br />
position<br />
of batteries<br />
RCS<br />
ART.NR.: 0040443<br />
SELECTION<br />
1 2 3<br />
4 5 6 RESET<br />
7 8 9<br />
0<br />
MUSIC<br />
- +<br />
+/- VOLUME<br />
MODE<br />
MODE PRESET +/-BASS<br />
MODE<br />
+/-TREBLE<br />
CANCEL MUTE<br />
MODE<br />
+/-BALANCE<br />
MODE<br />
BATTERY:<br />
IEC LR03<br />
(AAA)<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
19
Pre-settings for volume<br />
5.3 Pre-settings for volume<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
After power on of the jukebox or after pressing the button<br />
‘preset’ the values of volume, bass and treble reach<br />
the values set by the DIP switches.<br />
You can set the basic values for volume in 63 steps<br />
from zero up to maximum volume.<br />
At the amplifier front side, opening “Volume”, there<br />
are 6 DIP-switches for each channel. These switches<br />
have different values (1, 2 ... to 32). If you add all the<br />
values of the switches in position “ON” you will get the<br />
value for the set volume.<br />
Consequently the switches 32 and 16 give a coarse<br />
adjustment whilst the lower numbers may be used for<br />
fine adjustment.<br />
You can find the recommended settings on the amplifier<br />
cover.<br />
NOTE: If all switches are in position OFF no volume, if<br />
all switches are in position ON, the maximum volume<br />
appears at power on !<br />
5.3.1 Pre-settings for bass and treble<br />
Similarly the values for bass and treble can be set. Both<br />
channels should be adjusted the same.<br />
Three DIP-switches with the values 1, 2, 4 are provided for<br />
each bass and treble. You can choose 7 different steps from<br />
minimum to maximum. Adding all switches set to "ON" gets<br />
the set value.<br />
The recommended factory settings are printed on the amplifier<br />
cover.<br />
If you change the DIP-switch settings while the jukebox<br />
operates remember that the new settings will only take<br />
effect after having pressed the button ‘PRESET’ at the<br />
control terminal.<br />
P4<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
off<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Stereo<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
off<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Mode<br />
Tape<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
on<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
Low Level<br />
Verstärker-Sicherungen / Amplifier Fuses<br />
210V - 240V<br />
100V - 117V<br />
Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103 Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103<br />
Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101 Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101<br />
MT 4A T 3,15A T 5A T 3A<br />
Zur Beachtung Nur Sicherungen mit gleicher Größe und<br />
gleichem Wert verwenden um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire replace only with<br />
same type and rating fuses.<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
ziehen!<br />
Attention!<br />
Pull power plug before opening protective<br />
lid!<br />
DIP switch<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
240 Netzspannung<br />
230 50/60 Hz<br />
220<br />
210 Mains Voltage<br />
117 50/60 cps<br />
100<br />
Leuchtstofflampen/<br />
Flourescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
Line Out<br />
R<br />
L<br />
L<br />
R<br />
L<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
recommended<br />
settings<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
20<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Pre-settings for volume<br />
6 Programming short view<br />
Slide switch<br />
SERVICE<br />
in position ON<br />
and press<br />
button LT<br />
JUKEBOX o.k.<br />
Slide switch<br />
SERVICE<br />
in position OFF<br />
and press<br />
button LT<br />
Press and hold<br />
selection button 0...9<br />
and press button R<br />
<strong>CD</strong> is on turntable<br />
1<br />
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
display of<br />
flops<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
PLAY<br />
+<br />
NEXT<br />
display of<br />
TOP<br />
discs<br />
step to service level 2<br />
display of<br />
cash box<br />
contents<br />
print out<br />
statistics<br />
display of<br />
total<br />
number<br />
of plays<br />
Memory<br />
reset<br />
Display<br />
test,<br />
display of<br />
EPROM<br />
version<br />
Access<br />
to<br />
Service<br />
level 2<br />
Statistics<br />
display of<br />
no. of <strong>CD</strong>s,<br />
Playstimulator<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
STOP<br />
display of<br />
defective<br />
<strong>CD</strong>s<br />
Daten<br />
löschen<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
PLAY<br />
Moves<br />
the<br />
gripper<br />
arm<br />
Turns<br />
the<br />
<strong>CD</strong> carrier<br />
display of<br />
identification<br />
number<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
8 digits<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
PLAY<br />
+<br />
PREVIOUS<br />
Selection buttons<br />
R<br />
Selection<br />
button<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Press and hold<br />
selection button 0...9<br />
and press button R<br />
2<br />
display of<br />
time<br />
HH:MM<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
display of<br />
date<br />
TT:MM<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
display of<br />
year,<br />
weekday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
Clock, Bonus, Playstimulator<br />
display of<br />
tracks<br />
per <strong>CD</strong><br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
2 digits<br />
display of<br />
disabled<br />
tracks<br />
<strong>CD</strong>:TT<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
Access<br />
to<br />
Service<br />
level 3<br />
display of<br />
Happy<br />
Hourtime<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
display of<br />
Happy<br />
Hour<br />
prices<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
display of<br />
Playstimulator<br />
time<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
8 digits<br />
Option:<br />
reset<br />
memory,<br />
Albumplay<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
2 digits<br />
back to<br />
Service<br />
level 1<br />
step to service level 3<br />
Press and hold<br />
selection button 0...9<br />
and press button R<br />
3<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Sunday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Monday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Tuesday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
BackGround Music, BGM<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Wednesday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Thursday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Friday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM<br />
times<br />
Saturday<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
number of<br />
BGM <strong>CD</strong>s<br />
BGM<br />
periods<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
16 digits<br />
display of<br />
BGM start,<br />
selection<br />
with coins<br />
yes/no<br />
Programming<br />
in<br />
4 digits<br />
display of<br />
712<br />
no<br />
function<br />
no<br />
function<br />
free for<br />
future<br />
back to<br />
Service<br />
level 1<br />
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 R<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
21
Call up service programs<br />
7 Jukebox programming<br />
Additional features like Playstimulator, BGM time and Happy Hour time are programmable. These<br />
features are programmable in the service mode of the SCC unit.<br />
7.1 Call up service programs<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
NOTE: To keep the data stored when power<br />
is off the plug “Memory” must be set<br />
to “ON” position on the SCC unit, otherwise<br />
all programmed data in service levels<br />
are reset when power is interrupted.<br />
Call up service programs:<br />
1. Set slide switch “Service” from position<br />
OFF to ON, then press the LT<br />
button. Service level 1 is reached,<br />
display shows ’0 0’.<br />
2. Press button 4 - hold it - and press<br />
button R, display is dark, service level<br />
2 is reached.<br />
3. Press button 5, display is dark, service<br />
level 3 is reached.<br />
NOTE: If button R is pressed first in service<br />
levels 2 or 3, the S&CC will jump<br />
back to service level 1 automatically.<br />
Button R<br />
1. Service in<br />
position ON<br />
Service level 1<br />
Statistics<br />
Service level 2<br />
K<br />
ON<br />
Service<br />
OFF<br />
Clock, Bonus,<br />
Playstimulator<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 4I / <strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
TT F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
BR<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP+6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
Display:<br />
Display:<br />
M LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
0040264 OFF<br />
T<br />
P6<br />
P5<br />
P8<br />
2. Press button LT<br />
Memory<br />
in position<br />
ON<br />
Press button 4 - hold it -<br />
and press button R<br />
7.2 How to leave service programs<br />
Press button 5<br />
1. Set the slide switch SERVICE in position<br />
off.<br />
2. Press button LT.<br />
Button R<br />
Service level 3<br />
BackGround<br />
Music (BGM)<br />
Display:<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation<br />
run. After this the jukebox is ready to operate.<br />
22<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Programming of time functions<br />
7.3 Programming of time functions<br />
Service level 2<br />
It is necessary to program the time, date and weekday<br />
once or at least to control these settings. Only then the<br />
jukebox can switch on and off the playstimulator or the<br />
Back Ground Music at the desired time. It is useful to<br />
program time, date and weekday in a single pass.<br />
K<br />
slide switch<br />
service<br />
SERVICE<br />
ON<br />
OFF<br />
Z<br />
T.T. F 7 6 6 6<br />
+2 6 6 5 5 5<br />
+3 5 5 4 4 4<br />
BR 4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
LT button<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T<br />
To program the time (and also the date):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R than release both buttons.<br />
4. Service level 2 is reached.<br />
7.3.1 Clock setting, level 2 button 0<br />
5. Press selection button 0. The display shows the current time.<br />
If the displayed time is not correct:<br />
6. Press selection button 0 -hold down- and press selection button<br />
R. Release both buttons.<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
Example:<br />
ACHTUNG: MEMORY - Stecker von OFF<br />
auf ON umstecken, wenn<br />
Top tunes, Popularitätszähler<br />
oder Kassenzähler arbeiten soll.<br />
ATTENTION: Move MEMORY Plug from OFF<br />
to ON if Top tunes, Pop Meter or<br />
Cash Box Content Registration<br />
is required.<br />
ATTENTION: Placer la prise MEMORY en<br />
position ON, de la position OFF<br />
si le Top Tunes, le compteur de<br />
popularité et la contenu de la<br />
caisse sont demandés.<br />
hours<br />
0040264<br />
P6 1 6<br />
1<br />
P5<br />
5<br />
1<br />
P8 8<br />
minutes<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
OFF<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
7. Enter the correct time with four digits.<br />
7.3.2 Set date, level 2 button 1<br />
8. Press selection button 1. The display shows the current date.<br />
If the displayed date is not correct:<br />
Example:<br />
9. Press selection button 1 -hold down- and press selection button<br />
R. Release both buttons.<br />
day<br />
month<br />
10. Enter the correct date with four digits.<br />
7.3.3 Set year and weekday, level 2 button 2<br />
11. To display the year and the weekday press selection button 2:<br />
The weekdays are assigned to numbers as shown.<br />
0 = Sunday 4 = Thursday<br />
1 = Monday 5 = Friday<br />
2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday<br />
3 = Wednesday<br />
Example:<br />
year<br />
weekday<br />
12. To program press selection button 2 -hold down- and press selection button R. Release both<br />
buttons.<br />
13. Enter the correct year with two digits, then enter a 0 followed by the number of the weekday.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
23
Automatic random select (Playstimulator)<br />
Exit the service program:<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation run. After this the jukebox is ready to use.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
7.4 Automatic random select (Playstimulator)<br />
If the Playstimulator is programmed the jukebox plays random tracks of the <strong>CD</strong>s in carrier registered<br />
in the service program level 1, button 5. <strong>CD</strong>s declared as BGM <strong>CD</strong>s (ref. to the next chapter) will not<br />
be used! The time between the last track played by inserted money and the first random track of the<br />
Playstimulator is programmable from 1 up to 98 min. This time is also the repeat time between two<br />
random plays. The volume is the same as in normal operation. The Playstimulator will be interrupted<br />
immediately when a selection is made and restarts after having played the selected track(s).<br />
By means of an optional switch you can also switch<br />
the box to CONTINUOUS PLAY MODE without any<br />
need to enter the service program. Part number of<br />
this switch is 0034410. It has to be connected to P8 of<br />
the SCC unit. (This switch is standard for all One More<br />
Time <strong>CD</strong>).<br />
The Playstimulator only works:<br />
! if Back Ground Music is not activated at the<br />
same time<br />
! if time is programmed correctly<br />
! iif no credit left<br />
K<br />
ON<br />
Service<br />
OFF<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
TT<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 4I / <strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
F 7 6 6 6<br />
6 6 5 5 5<br />
5 5 4 4 4<br />
4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
M LT 20<br />
+B<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
0040264 OFF<br />
T<br />
P6<br />
P5<br />
P8<br />
Continuous<br />
Play<br />
on<br />
off<br />
CONTINUOUS<br />
PLAY switch<br />
Repeat time programming<br />
To programme the repeat time for the Playstimulator (service program level 1):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Make sure that all time details are programmed properly otherwise you have to reprogramme<br />
(see chapter 'The internal clock')<br />
4. Press selection button 5. Display shows four digits.<br />
5. Both LH digits show the number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier, this number has to be indentical with the<br />
real number. Both RH digits show whether Playstimulator is enabled (01-99) or disabled (00).<br />
The numbers 01 up to 98 show repeat time between two random tracks in minutes, 99 means<br />
continuous play without any break.<br />
24<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Automatic random select (Playstimulator)<br />
A = number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the carrier (00 = 100)<br />
Example:<br />
B = repeat time programmed to 10 minutes<br />
A = 50 <strong>CD</strong>s in carrier<br />
Example:<br />
A<br />
B<br />
B = no random plays<br />
A = 63 <strong>CD</strong>s in carrier<br />
B = Playstimulator on, continuousplay<br />
6. Note the number of <strong>CD</strong>s in carrier.<br />
Example:<br />
7. Press selection button 5 -hold it- and press selection button R.<br />
Display goes dark. Enter the noted number of <strong>CD</strong>s in carrier and Playstimulator interval time (or<br />
'00' for Playstimulator OFF or '99' for continuous play) with four digits.<br />
A<br />
A<br />
B<br />
B<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
7.4.1 Programming start and stop time<br />
If start and stop time is programmed the jukebox only plays random tracks in this time period.<br />
You can not programme the Playstimulator over 24.00 o’clock (e.g. 23.00 to 2.00 o'clock) !<br />
Call up service program 2 by pressing the slide switch on SCC unit to position ON, press button LT,<br />
then press button 4 -hold it- and press selection button R. Then<br />
press selection button 8. The display shows at first a flashing ’1’.<br />
This means ’start time’.<br />
Then the time will be displayed, here 14.05 o’clock (2.05 p.m.).<br />
Press selection button 8 once again. Now the display shows a flashing ’2’.<br />
This means ’stop time’.<br />
Then the time will be displayed, here 18.30 o’clock (6.30 p.m.).<br />
To reprogramme press selection button 8 - hold - and press selection button R. Release both buttons.<br />
The digital display goes dark. Enter the start and stop time with eight digits.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
25
Back Ground Music (BGM)<br />
Example: The jukebox should play random tracks from 09.00 in the morning to17.00 in the afternoon..<br />
Enter: 0 - 9 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 7 - 0 - 0<br />
start time<br />
stop time<br />
To check the start time: press selection button 8. To check the stop time: press selection button 8<br />
again.<br />
If the Playstimulator does not work. Check if:<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
! the clock is set correctly ?<br />
! start and stop time is programmed?<br />
! repeat time is set correctly (not 0)?<br />
! BGM play mode is disabled (ref. to next chapter).<br />
! credits are still in memory. Display the remaining credits by pressing button R. If so, delete with<br />
button LT.<br />
Exit the service program:<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation run. After this the jukebox is ready to operate.<br />
7.5 Back Ground Music (BGM)<br />
If BGM is programmed and activated a random track from the <strong>CD</strong>s declared for BGM will be played.<br />
The time between the last selected played track and the first BGM track is programmable between 1<br />
and 98 minutes. This time is also the repeat time between two BGM tracks.<br />
For the K99 amplifier the reproduction loudness will be<br />
reduced by a certain factor in the BGM (Back Ground<br />
Music) mode.<br />
You also can switch “BGM” on by means of the DIP<br />
switch “BGM” for test purposes. The RH bottom segment<br />
of the status display on the amplifier indicates<br />
“BGM active”. You can adjust the volume attenuation<br />
with the pot “BGM”, as long it is active.<br />
amplifier K99<br />
Intern<br />
Extern<br />
Channel1<br />
Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
26<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Back Ground Music (BGM)<br />
F91: The volume for BGM reproduction is reduced<br />
compared to the normal volume. It is adjustable<br />
with the two BGM pots (RH channel / LH<br />
channel) on the amplifier. BGM mode is active<br />
when the LED on the amplifiers lights. The<br />
source of the BGM control signal is the SCC<br />
unit plug brown (X6), pin 1. Once the BGM<br />
mode is activated, it is not possible to operate<br />
the Playstimulator.<br />
8<br />
R<br />
4<br />
2<br />
If a selection is made by means of coin insertion<br />
1<br />
P4<br />
BGM<br />
32<br />
16<br />
the track being played will be interrupted immediately.<br />
Two intervals can be programmed for<br />
off on<br />
8<br />
L<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
each weekday.<br />
BGM light emitting<br />
diode (yellow),<br />
To enable BGM (service program, level 3) : indicates whether<br />
BGM is active<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
amplifier F91<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R then release both buttons.<br />
4. Press selection button 5. Service level 3 is reached. The display is dark. At this level all BGM<br />
options can be checked and/or programmed.<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10 off<br />
Remote<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Tone<br />
on<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
32<br />
16<br />
L R<br />
Clipping<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
BGM trim pots<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
L<br />
R<br />
L<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
For the K99 amplifier the reproduction loudness will be reduced by a certain factor in the BGM (Back<br />
Ground Music) mode.<br />
You also can switch “BGM” on by means of the DIP switch “BGM” for test purposes. The RH bottom<br />
segment of the status display on the amplifier indicates “BGM active”. You can adjust the volume attenuation<br />
with the pot “BGM”, as long it is active.<br />
7.5.1 Number of BGM <strong>CD</strong>s and repeat time<br />
Press selection button 7, the display shows e.g.:<br />
A = number of BGM <strong>CD</strong>s; disabled for Playstimulator<br />
BGM OFF = 00.<br />
Example:<br />
5 <strong>CD</strong>s reserved for BGM,<br />
repeat time 10 min.<br />
B = Repeat time between the single BGM tracks (10 min.)<br />
BGM-continuous play = 00<br />
To programme press selection button 7 -hold down- and<br />
press selection button R. Release both buttons. The display<br />
goes dark. Enter the number of <strong>CD</strong>s and the repeat time with<br />
4 digits.<br />
A<br />
B<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
27
Back Ground Music (BGM)<br />
7.5.2 Start position for BGM <strong>CD</strong>s and configuration<br />
Press button 8. The start position of the BGM <strong>CD</strong>s is displayed in the left two digits. The RH digits<br />
indicate whether BGM <strong>CD</strong>s can be selected over coin insertion or not.<br />
A = start position of BGM <strong>CD</strong>s (01 = factory pre-setting)<br />
B = 00 - BGM <strong>CD</strong>s can be selected<br />
B = 01 - BGM <strong>CD</strong>s can NOT be selected<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
After entering this data the SCC unit calculates the BGM end position<br />
itself. For loading of BGM discs the end position can be calculated<br />
as follows:<br />
end position = start position + number of BGM <strong>CD</strong>s - 1<br />
To reprogramme press selection button 8 - hold - and press selection button R. The digital display<br />
goes dark. Enter start position and the selection option with 4 digits!<br />
7.5.3 BGM time zones at different weekdays<br />
You can programme each weekday differently with two intervals per day. The following steps are the<br />
same for the buttons 1 to 6 in service level 3 according to the table for weekdays..<br />
0 = Sunday 4 = Thursday<br />
1 = Monday 5 = Friday<br />
2 = Tuesday 6 = Saturday<br />
3 = Wednesday<br />
A<br />
B<br />
1. Press button 0, the display shows flashing:<br />
# 0 (LH) = Sunday<br />
# 1 means start time one,<br />
then the time will be displayed, here 9.00 o’clock.<br />
2. Press selection button 0 again, the display shows flashing:<br />
# 0 (LH) = Sunday<br />
# 2 means stop time one,<br />
then the time will be displayed, here12.30 o’clock.<br />
3. Press selection button 0 again, the display shows flashing:<br />
# 0 (LH) = Sunday<br />
# 3 means start time two,<br />
then the time will be displayed, here 20.00 o’clock.<br />
28<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Back Ground Music (BGM)<br />
4. Press selection button 0 again, the display shows flashing:<br />
# 0 (LH) = Sunday<br />
# 4 means stop time two,<br />
then the time will be displayed, here 23.45 o’clock.<br />
To programme press selection button 0 (or button 1 - 6 depending on the weekday to be programmed),<br />
hold it and press selection button R. The digital display goes dark. Enter the two time zones in<br />
four blocks containing four digits per block one after the other (16 digits).<br />
Examples:<br />
The jukebox should play BGM on Tuesday<br />
from 9.30 to 11.45 and from 17.00 to 19.55.<br />
To programme press selection button 2 -<br />
hold - and press selection button R. The digital<br />
display goes dark.<br />
Then enter 0-9-3-0-1-1-4-5-1-7-0-0-1-9-5-5.<br />
If the jukebox should play BGM on Wednesday<br />
from 17.00 to 19.55 only, then programme<br />
selection button 3 as described: 1-7-<br />
0-0-1-9-5-5-0-0-0-0-0-0-0-0. The second time<br />
zone has to be filled with zeros. Also this programming<br />
is possible:<br />
Meaning of the digits to be entered<br />
in the example<br />
1 2 3 4<br />
0-9-3-0 1-1-4-5 1-7-0-0 1-9-5-5<br />
start time 1<br />
stop time 1<br />
start time 2<br />
stop time 2<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
0-0-0-0-0-0-0-0-1-7-0-0-1-9-5-5.<br />
Repeat this procedure until all weekdays are programmed (selection buttons 0 to 6).<br />
Exit the service program:<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation run. After this the jukebox is ready to operate.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
29
HappyHour pricing (additional bonus plays)<br />
7.6 HappyHour pricing (additional bonus plays)<br />
During the HappyHour time additional bonus plays can be given. HappyHour time zone and number<br />
of additional bonus plays have to be programmed as follows.<br />
7.6.1 Programming of the HappyHour start and stop time, level 2 button 6<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to ON.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R, then release both buttons.<br />
The display is dark. Service level 2 is reached.<br />
4. Press selection button 6. The display shows flashing:<br />
# 1 means start time<br />
# then the start time will be displayed with four digits e.g.: 9.00 o’ clock<br />
5. Press selection button 6 again. The display shows flashing:<br />
# 2 means stop time<br />
# then the stop time will be displayed with four digits e.g.: 12.30 o’<br />
clock<br />
6. To reprogram press selection button 6 - hold - and press selection button<br />
R. The digital display goes dark.<br />
7. Enter the HappyHour start and stop time with 8 digits. After complete entry the digital display is<br />
dark.<br />
# Example: HappyHour should operate from 09.05 to 11.00 o’clock.<br />
Enter 8 figures: 0 - 9 - 0 - 5 - 1 - 1 - 0 - 0 .<br />
8. To check the settings: Repeat the steps 4 and 5.<br />
7.6.2 Programming of the additional bonus plays, level 2 button 7<br />
1. Press selection button 7. The display shows additional bonus plays during<br />
Happy hour, e.g.:<br />
# 1 additional play at bonus level 4 (B4)<br />
# 3 additional plays at bonus level 3 (B3)<br />
# 5 additional plays at bonus level 2 (B2)<br />
# 7 additional plays at bonus level 1 (B1)<br />
B4 B2<br />
B3 B1<br />
2. To reprogram press selection button 7 - hold - and press selection button<br />
R. The digital display goes dark.<br />
3. Enter the new HappyHour pricing with 4 digits.<br />
4. To check the new setting, press selection button 7 again.<br />
5. To exit the service program set the slide switch ‘SERVICE’ to OFF and press button LT.<br />
30<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Number of tracks played successively on the same disc, level 2<br />
7.7 Number of tracks played successively on the same disc, level 2 button 3<br />
The display shows the maximum number of tracks played successivly from the same disc. Preset value<br />
= 04 tracks, i.e. after four tracks from this <strong>CD</strong> have been played it will be taken back to the magazine,<br />
and the next <strong>CD</strong> stored in the selection memory will be played. If selections still exist for the<br />
previous <strong>CD</strong> they will be played later. This option to limit the tracks played from one <strong>CD</strong> is more useful<br />
for operators. For individual use this value can be set up to 99.<br />
To call the service program (level 2):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to ON.<br />
2. Press LT button.<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R, then release both buttons.<br />
The display is dark.<br />
4. Press selection button 3 the display shows e.g.:<br />
04 = factory setting for number of tracks played successivly on the same<br />
disc.<br />
5. To reprogramme press selection button 3 - hold - and press selection button R. The digital display<br />
goes dark.<br />
6. Enter the desired setting by means of the selection buttons with two digits, possible entries are<br />
01 - 25.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
NOTE: If you set this value to 01 all selections will be played in selection order.<br />
7. To check the settings: Press selection button 3 again.<br />
8. To exit the service program set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF and press the<br />
‘LT’ button once.<br />
" The changer starts an initialisation run. After this the jukebox is ready to operate.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
31
Album selection and memory reset by power off, level 2 button 9<br />
7.8 Album selection and memory reset by power off, level 2 button 9<br />
By setting the corresponding digit these options are available.<br />
Album selection is possible by entering the disc number followed by 0 0 (track 0 0). All tracks on<br />
the <strong>CD</strong> are played, starting with the first track. An album is only selectable by coin insertion, if credits<br />
of the 4th bonus level have been obtained or in free play modus (link in row GP from 0 to F on the<br />
SCC unit) of the jukebox.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
Memory reset feature will cancel remaining credits and selections by power off of the jukebox. This<br />
option prevents the jukebox playing preselected tracks from the day before (the jukebox was switched<br />
off in the night.).<br />
To change the settings (Service program, level 1):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R, then release both buttons.<br />
4. Press selection button 9, the display shows e.g.:<br />
# A = digit for memory reset by power off; 1 = ON, 0 = OFF<br />
# B = digit for albumplay; 1 = ON, 0 = OFF<br />
5. To change the settings press selection button 9 -hold down- and press<br />
selection button R. The digital display goes dark.<br />
A<br />
B<br />
6. Enter the desired setting with two digits.<br />
7. To check the settings: Press selection button 9 again.<br />
8. To exit the service program set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF and press the<br />
LT button.<br />
32<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Disabling single tracks<br />
7.9 Disabling single tracks<br />
You can disable up to maxinmum 25 different tracks of different <strong>CD</strong>s. If somebody selects a disabled<br />
track the digital display flashes. This shows that this track is not selectable. Note a special peculiarity<br />
at playstimulator or BGM operation. The random procedure always selects tracks out of a number of<br />
25 per <strong>CD</strong>. If the random selected track exceeds the number of tracks on the <strong>CD</strong> the procedure<br />
starts to count from the beginnung of the <strong>CD</strong>. Result is, if you want to disable e.g. track 8 on a <strong>CD</strong><br />
with 17 tracks you also have to disable track 23 on this disc although it does not really exist.<br />
To disable tracks (service program level 2):<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘Service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
3. Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R, then release both buttons.<br />
4. Press selection button 4 the display shows e.g.:<br />
# On <strong>CD</strong> no. 15 track 08 is disabled.<br />
# Each operation of selection button 4 indicates the next disabled<br />
track, maximum 25 tracks.<br />
# After having reached the last disabled track, the first one is indicated<br />
again. If the display shows 0000 after the first button<br />
operation no track is disabled.<br />
<strong>CD</strong> number<br />
track<br />
number<br />
5. To programme: Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R. The digital<br />
display goes dark.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
6. Enter at first the <strong>CD</strong> number to be disabled followed by the track number (total four digits).<br />
7. To disable the next <strong>CD</strong>/track, press selection button 4 several times until display shows 0 0 0 0.<br />
8. Press selection button 4 again -hold down- and press selection button R. The digital display<br />
goes dark.<br />
9. Then enter <strong>CD</strong> and track to be disabled. Continue programming for the next track to be disabled<br />
with step 7.<br />
10. To check the diabled tracks: Press selection button 4 again (up to 25 times, for 25 disabled<br />
tracks).<br />
To enable a disabled track:<br />
When a track is indicated, press button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R and enter first the<br />
number of the <strong>CD</strong> followed by 0 0.<br />
To enable all disabled tracks:<br />
Press selection button 4 -hold down- and press selection button R. Then enter 0 0 0 0 (4 times 0).<br />
" To exit the service program set the slide switch ‘service’ at the SCC unit to OFF and press the<br />
LT button.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
33
Retrieval of least popular discs (flops), level 1 button 0<br />
8 Data retrieval<br />
The data retrieval memory stores data only if the plug ‘ME-<br />
MORY’ is always in the position ON (on the RH side of the SCC<br />
unit).<br />
You can read out statistical data in the service program level 1<br />
over the display.<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
20<br />
T<br />
+B<br />
1. Set the slide switch ‘Service’ at the SCC-unit to ON.<br />
P6 1 6<br />
P5<br />
1<br />
5<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
2. Press ‘LT’ button.<br />
8.1 Retrieval of least popular discs (flops), level 1 button 0<br />
Memory<br />
1. Press selection button 0 once.<br />
# At first the least played <strong>CD</strong> is shown. The last two digits are simply a code confirming the<br />
least played status. The display shows alternately the disc number and the number of plays<br />
e.g.:<br />
<strong>CD</strong> no. 66 played twice<br />
0040264<br />
P8<br />
1<br />
8<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
OFF<br />
# If the counter shows 0 0 0 0, this means the disc has not been played. Press selection button<br />
0 to continue the process for the second least played disc, and so on. At first the <strong>CD</strong><br />
with the lowest number of plays will be displayed. Press button 0 again, the display shows<br />
the <strong>CD</strong> with the second lowest number of plays etc. If the calculation needs a little longer a<br />
‘1’ scrolls starting from RH. digit over the display.<br />
2. To cancel the procedure press selection button R.<br />
8.2 Top Tunes, level 1 button 1<br />
1. Press selection button 1 once.<br />
# The display shows alternately the number of the most played <strong>CD</strong> and the number of plays.<br />
For example:<br />
<strong>CD</strong> no. 3 played 53 times<br />
Only 60 selections per <strong>CD</strong> can be stored in the memory. If a <strong>CD</strong> has been played more than 60 times<br />
all the other values will be decreased by 1. The displayed values are only relative.<br />
Press selection button 1 to continue the process for the second most played <strong>CD</strong>, and so on.<br />
The most frequently played track will also be displayed as HIT OF THE HOUSE in normal operating<br />
mode.<br />
34<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Cash box contents, level 1 button 2<br />
8.3 Cash box contents, level 1 button 2<br />
1. Press selection button 2 once. Digital display shows the cash box contents in basic units; basic<br />
units being the value of the lowest coin.<br />
2. To cancel the procedure press selection button R.<br />
8.4 Total number of plays, level 1 button 3<br />
1. Press selection button 3 once. Display shows the total number of plays since last reset (maximum<br />
9999).<br />
2. To cancel the procedure press selection button R.<br />
8.5 CLEAR ALL counters (reset to 0 0 0 0), level 1 button 3 + reset<br />
1. Press selection button 3 -hold down- and press selection button R (reset).<br />
# The counters belonging to the buttons 0 to 3 (least popular disc, most popular disc, cash<br />
box and total plays) are cleared and reset to 0 0 0 0.<br />
# The sequence of top discs is for the time being 01, 02, 03, 04 etc.<br />
# After leaving the service program the jukebox initializes itself,<br />
during this procedure the compartments in the magazines<br />
will be counted. At the end of the initialization the<br />
display should show either 0 0 0 0 for 100 <strong>CD</strong> carrier or<br />
0 0 5 0 for 50 <strong>CD</strong> carrier.<br />
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS<br />
2. To exit the service program first set service switch to OFF and<br />
then press the LT button.<br />
8.6 Memory of not playable <strong>CD</strong>s, level 1 button 6<br />
Careful handling of the <strong>CD</strong>s does not completely exclude that <strong>CD</strong>s may be damaged in different<br />
ways. Possibly the player would interrupt this <strong>CD</strong> at each selection. The S&CC provides a watch dog<br />
function which finds and memorizes these difficulties to play. The S&CC unit can store the numbers<br />
of up to six not playable <strong>CD</strong>s. Once a <strong>CD</strong> is registered every new try will be counted. So it is possible<br />
to find out defective discs and exchange these for new ones.<br />
1. Press selection button 6, the display shows flashing:<br />
# 1 means first defective <strong>CD</strong><br />
then e.g.<br />
# A = <strong>CD</strong> number<br />
# B = NUMBER of times the <strong>CD</strong> was not playable or interrupted<br />
2. Press selection button 6 to display the next not playable <strong>CD</strong>, etc. After<br />
displaying the 6th not playable <strong>CD</strong> and pressing selection button 6 again<br />
the display starts with the first one again.<br />
A<br />
B<br />
3. To CLEAR this memory press selection button 6 -hold down- and press selection button R.<br />
4. To exit the service program, first set service switch to OFF and then press LT button.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
35
Device description of the amplifier K99<br />
9 Amplifier K99<br />
9.1 Device description of the amplifier K99<br />
The amplifier K99 is optimised for universal use in Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH music machines. Great<br />
importance had been attached for an easy handling and stand alone function without the S&CC unit.<br />
The output power is designed for the typical used internal speakers at Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH<br />
machines, under normal circumstances reaching an impeccable volume level.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Standard equipment:<br />
! Hybrid power stage technology, short circuit and over temperature protected<br />
! 2 inputs (stereo): <strong>CD</strong> and tape<br />
! 1 mono input for optional micro kit<br />
! Volume control with 2 pots onboard<br />
! Volume control possible with pots and / or IR at the same time. The pot used at last determines<br />
the volume.<br />
! Bass and treble control with pots<br />
! BGM volume reduction, controllable with pot<br />
! Automatic volume correction (AVC), switchable<br />
! 2 channel operation switchable, RH = internal speakers, LH = external speakers<br />
! Status display with 7segment display<br />
! Independent controllable RCA output to connect external amplifiers<br />
! For use with the old and the new changer mechanism.<br />
Optional:<br />
! Remote control with large distance range. Functions: track selection / volume chan. 1 / volume<br />
chan. 2 / mute (toggle) / cancel<br />
! Volume control with two pots in the wired remote box accessible from the machine rear wall, or<br />
external. Cancel button and mute button (with toggle function).<br />
! Output transformer<br />
! Microphone kit<br />
9.2 Technical data<br />
General<br />
USA / Canada<br />
Supply 100v - 240v 117v<br />
Mains frequency 50cps - 60cps 60cps<br />
Input voltage <strong>CD</strong> typ. 1.2v typ. 1.2v<br />
Input voltage tape 300mv 300mv<br />
Output voltage pre amplifier
Verification of power voltage<br />
9.3 Verification of power voltage<br />
The voltage settings are marked on<br />
the cover plate of the mains transformer.<br />
Machines for USA are set to<br />
117V. They have a special transformer<br />
according to UL standard<br />
which is not adjustable. Jukeboxes<br />
“UNI-Pack” are shipped in 230V setting.<br />
This is marked on the machine<br />
label inside of the door. If the voltage<br />
setting is not clear the transformer<br />
cover plate has to be removed. The<br />
mains fuse (T3.15A) is located on the<br />
left bottom side inbetween the three<br />
terminals for the bill acceptor, the external<br />
mains switch and the fluorescent<br />
lamps.<br />
Achtung<br />
Vor A nahme er appe en Netzstecker<br />
ziehen<br />
arning<br />
Shock hazar o not open<br />
Netzsicherung<br />
Scheinannehmer<br />
210-240V - T 4A<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
Billacceptor<br />
100-117V - F 6A<br />
Netzsicherung/<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
210-240V - T3,15A<br />
100-117V - F6A<br />
Externer Hauptschalter<br />
External Mains switch<br />
Leuchtstofflampen<br />
Fluorescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
240<br />
230<br />
220<br />
210<br />
117<br />
100<br />
Netzspannung<br />
50/60 Hz<br />
Mains Voltage<br />
50/60 cps<br />
ur Beachtung Nur Sicherungen mit<br />
gleicher r e un gleichem ert<br />
erwen en, um Schä en zu ermei en<br />
aution To re uce the risk of fire<br />
replace onl with same t p an rating fuses<br />
Verstärker<br />
Amplifier<br />
Loosen the four screws to remove the<br />
cover plate (small arrows).<br />
ATTENTION! Always remove power plug before opening transformer cover plate. Never<br />
attempt any intervention to these parts unless qualified!<br />
The position of the two plug connectors on the transformer terminals 1 to 9 (primary side) indicates<br />
the current voltage setting. The following combinations are possible:<br />
240V = 1 - 9<br />
230V = 1 - 8<br />
220V = 2 - 9<br />
210V = 2 - 8<br />
117V = 1 - 6<br />
100V = 2 - 6<br />
Notice that these settings cannot be<br />
made on machines produced according<br />
to UL standard.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
NOTE: Never connect the fluorescent<br />
supply to other contact.<br />
If you intend to change the power voltage<br />
for a higher voltage (e.g. from<br />
117V to 230V) it is better to use a<br />
subtransformer for the fluorescent<br />
lamps or change the ballast according<br />
to the used voltage (e.g. for 230V).<br />
Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
37
I<br />
Position of fuses and plug connectors<br />
9.4 Position of fuses and plug connectors<br />
Usually the jukeboxes are fitted<br />
with fuses of DIN 41571 (5x20<br />
mm) slow blow or medium blow.<br />
Slow blow fuses of DIN standard<br />
bear the letter T (T = ”Träge”) e.g.<br />
T 4/250 means T = slow blow, 4<br />
amps, 250 V maximum operating<br />
voltage. Which fuses have to fit in<br />
is printed on the power transformer<br />
cover. Fast blow fuses (F = Flink)<br />
are unsuitable for the jukebox.<br />
The fuse holders on the amplifier<br />
P.C.B. are also capable to hold<br />
fuses of 6x32 mm size.<br />
1P09<br />
1P06A<br />
1P06B<br />
2LP04<br />
2P04<br />
2RP04<br />
2P12<br />
1P04<br />
1P03<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
You will find the fuses behind the<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
amplifier cover plate. To remove<br />
the plate first unplug the cable<br />
coming from the mains transformer.<br />
Next lose slightly both nuts<br />
on top of the amplifier accessible through the holes in the cover plate (arrows). To remove the plate<br />
first take the bottom side out of its hinges and then the top side.<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
OPTION<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
OPTION<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80W<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY Intern<br />
Extern<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND Channel<br />
1 Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
F1 F2 F3 F4 A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
A<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
E E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
XTRA INGANG<br />
XTRA NPUT<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Connection plan of the plug terminals:<br />
! 1P09 - mechanism, SCC unit<br />
! 1P06A - option<br />
! 1P06B - option<br />
! 2LP04 - external speakers, LH<br />
! 2P04 - external speakers, ground<br />
! 2RP04 - external speakers, RH<br />
! 2P12 - Internal speakers<br />
! 1P04 - <strong>CD</strong> sub transformer, <strong>CD</strong> player<br />
! 1P03 - bubble tubes<br />
Fuse<br />
Main fuse T 3,15,res. F6 A for 110/117 V.<br />
Fuse F1: T4A supply 30V ~<br />
Fuse F2: T4A supply 26V ~<br />
Fuse F3: T4A supply 26V ~<br />
Fuse F4: T4A supply +12 V=<br />
Failure<br />
No illumination, machine completely dead.<br />
The digital digit on the <strong>CD</strong>-control is dark. Power supply<br />
for <strong>CD</strong> player and control unit is interrupted. Credit<br />
circuit via LED M is interrupted. If credits are still in<br />
memory or free play is programmed; a <strong>CD</strong> will be<br />
placed on turntable but is not spinning.<br />
The colour tubes of the One More Time do not rotate,<br />
the heating of the bubble tubes is off - no bubbles will<br />
appear. Possibly defect of the power stage of the amplifier.<br />
SCC unit dead - digital display dark (except red LED M<br />
still lighting up on coin insertion). The LEDs K and Z<br />
on the SCC unit are dark. No initialisations run after<br />
power ON. The status display on the amplifier is dark.<br />
38<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
I<br />
I<br />
The first power ON<br />
9.5 The first power ON<br />
The mains switch is located at the rear<br />
side of the amplifier and thus it is on<br />
the rear side of the jukebox. For wallboxes<br />
it is possible to connect an external<br />
mains switch to the amplifier<br />
accessible then from the side. In position<br />
‘I’ jukebox and amplifier are<br />
switched on.<br />
Up to approx. 1 sec. after power on<br />
random segments of the status display<br />
will light. Followed by displaying the<br />
version number of the amplifier software<br />
(1.0 or higher). Then the bottom<br />
segment for “ok.” and the upper segment<br />
for MUTE will light. The amplifier<br />
is now in STANDBY MODE. Depending<br />
on other enabled options more<br />
segments may light as well (e.g.<br />
AVC).<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
OPTION<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
OPTION<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80 W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY Intern<br />
Extern<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND Channel<br />
1 Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4 MUTE<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
AVC A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
S232<br />
RS232<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
MICRO ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1 ok.<br />
2<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
F1 F2 F3 F4 A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
TAPE<br />
BGM<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
A<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
E E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
XTRA<br />
XTRA<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
9.6 Volume control<br />
You can control the volume of the<br />
jukebox from different points at the<br />
same time:<br />
! With the pots Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 on<br />
the amplifier.<br />
! With an optional connectable IR remote<br />
control.<br />
! With the pots of the control box at<br />
the rear side of the jukebox.<br />
The device from which the volume is<br />
changed determines it.<br />
The volume control unit can be taken<br />
out and may be mounted at another<br />
place as a remote control. Its cable<br />
may be extended as required with any<br />
kind of wire. The voltages of the control<br />
wires are 5V DC.<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
OPTION<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
OPTION<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
250 V AC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
30V~<br />
AC<br />
F1<br />
26V~<br />
AC<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
26V~<br />
AC<br />
F3<br />
12V=<br />
DC<br />
F4<br />
Verstärker K 99<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
I Extern<br />
ntern<br />
Channel<br />
1 Channel<br />
2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
A<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
E E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
XTRA INGANG<br />
XTRA NPUT<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
The control box has two volume knobs (Intern / Channel 1 and Extern / Channel 2). In position<br />
”Stereo” the knob “Intern / Channel 1” is effective for the internal speakers. The knob Extern / Channel<br />
2 is controlling the volume of the RCA outputs for an optional external amplifier. In DIP switch position<br />
”2 Channel” the channels 1 (RH) and 2 (LH) are controlled separately.<br />
ATTENTION! The pots Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 on the amplifier are not effective if the wire control<br />
box is connected.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
39
The infrared remote control<br />
9.7 The infrared remote control<br />
As desired an infrared remote control will be installed<br />
from factory or can be delivered as conversion kit (part<br />
no. 0058809). If it has been installed the hand transmitter<br />
is located in the cashbox.<br />
If credit is given or free play is programmed a <strong>CD</strong> can be<br />
selected with the buttons 0 to 9 and R.<br />
Double button functions as required in the service programs<br />
(i.e. press button 5 -hold down- and press button<br />
R), are impossible. For this you only can use the keyboard<br />
of the jukebox.<br />
You can control the volume by means of the buttons +<br />
and -. In stereo mode the internal +/- buttons control the<br />
volume of the internal speakers. The external +/- buttons<br />
control the volume of the K99 RCA jacks for an optional<br />
external amplifier. In 2-channel mode you can control the<br />
external speakers by the buttons + and - of the external<br />
channel.<br />
Beam the jukebox directly if possible.<br />
SELECTION<br />
1 2 3<br />
RCS-K<br />
No.: 0059745<br />
4 5 6 RESET<br />
7 8 9<br />
0<br />
VOLUME<br />
- +<br />
- +<br />
CANCEL<br />
MUTE<br />
OPTION<br />
POWER<br />
INTERN<br />
CHANNEL 1<br />
EXTERN<br />
CHANNEL 2<br />
selection buttons<br />
music control buttons<br />
battery type<br />
LR03 (AAA)<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
You can connect the wire remote control box as well.<br />
The power-on volume level is always set by the channel 1<br />
and 2 pots on the amplifier or on the control box (if connected).<br />
Batteries will be delivered. Necessary are 4 micro cells<br />
type LR03 (AAA).<br />
To open the battery compartment move the cover like<br />
shown in the picture.<br />
Needed battery type and position of the batteries in the<br />
hand transmitter are shown on the casing.<br />
Part no. of the hand transmitter: 0059745.<br />
+<br />
BATTERY:<br />
IEC LR03<br />
(AAA)<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
position of<br />
the batteries<br />
40<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
A<br />
E<br />
I<br />
Treble and bass control<br />
9.8 Treble and bass control<br />
You can control the sound with the knobs<br />
bass and treble on the amplifier.<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
OPTION<br />
OPTION<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80 W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY Intern<br />
Extern<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND Channel<br />
1 Channel<br />
2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Verstärker K 99<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
BGM<br />
E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
XTRA INGANG<br />
XTRA NPUT<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
9.9 Automatic volume correction<br />
The AVC sets <strong>CD</strong>s with different volume levels to an<br />
equal level. The level of <strong>CD</strong>s with a high level will be reduced;<br />
the level of low-levelled <strong>CD</strong>s will be increased.<br />
This control works rather slow to save the dynamic range<br />
of the track.<br />
You can enable the correction with the DIP switch “AVC”<br />
(the 3rd swich of the 6 sw. group). Default is AVC disabled.<br />
With the second DIP switch of the 6 sw. group you can<br />
reduce the intensity of the volume correction.<br />
9.10 Background Music - volume attenuation<br />
In the BGM (Back Ground Music) mode the reproduction<br />
volume will be reduced by a certain factor.<br />
The signal “BGM” pin 1 plug brown of the SCC unit controls<br />
this function. You also can switch on “BGM” by<br />
means of the DIP switch “BGM” for test purposes. The<br />
RH bottom segment of the status display on the amplifier<br />
indicates “BGM active”. You can adjust the volume attenuation<br />
with the pot “BGM”, as long as it is active.<br />
Intern<br />
Extern<br />
Channel1<br />
Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
Intern<br />
Extern<br />
Channel1<br />
Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
RWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
41
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNER<br />
LAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1 - F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240 V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
250 V AC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
xtern<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
240<br />
Netzspannung<br />
ziehen!<br />
230<br />
50/60 Hz<br />
Warning!<br />
220<br />
Shock hazard! Do not open!<br />
210 Mains Voltage<br />
117 50/60 cps<br />
100<br />
Zur Beachtung: Nur Sicherungen mit<br />
gleicher Größe und gleichem Wert<br />
verwenden, um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire<br />
replace only with same typ and rating fuses.<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Intern<br />
hannel<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
E<br />
I<br />
M<br />
M<br />
A<br />
O<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1 - F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
250V AC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
xtern<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
240<br />
Netzspannung<br />
ziehen!<br />
230<br />
50/60 Hz<br />
Warning!<br />
220<br />
Shock hazard! Do not open!<br />
210 Mains Voltage<br />
117 50/60 cps<br />
100<br />
Zur Beachtung: Nur Sicherungen mit<br />
gleicher Größe und gleichem Wert<br />
verwenden, um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire<br />
replace only with same typ and rating fuses.<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Intern<br />
hannel<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
E<br />
I<br />
M<br />
M<br />
A<br />
O<br />
I<br />
External speaker connection<br />
9.11 External speaker connection<br />
The amplifier can operate in two different<br />
modes. The normal operation<br />
mode reproduces the music in normal<br />
stereo sound. So external speakers<br />
can be added to each channel.<br />
The so-called 2-Channel mode uses<br />
both stereo channels like separate<br />
mono amplifiers so that the sound can<br />
be reproduced in different rooms but<br />
then in mono only.<br />
The amplifier may not be loaded with<br />
more than 4 ohms per channel (less<br />
ohms means more load!). On an overload<br />
it switches itself off. After a certain<br />
cool down time it switches itself<br />
on. So if you do not eliminate the reason<br />
for the overload the amplifier produces<br />
continuously volume dropouts.<br />
The impedance of all external speakers<br />
per channel in ”Stereo” mode<br />
should not be less than 4 ohms.<br />
3<br />
4<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
PTION<br />
PTION<br />
O<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
O<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80 W<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND<br />
Intern<br />
Extern<br />
Channel<br />
1 Channel2<br />
Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
AVC 1<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
Position of the Stereo - Mono DIP switch (1), the mode<br />
switch in the 6 sw.group (2), the stereo - 2 channel<br />
switch (3) and the external speaker terminals (4).<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
2<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
A<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
E E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
XTRA<br />
XTRA<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
The amplifier applies approx. 55 watts<br />
(rms on max. 1% dist.) on a 4 ohms<br />
speaker per channel, 18 watts to a 12<br />
ohms speaker and approx. 9 watts to<br />
a 24 ohms speaker. That means, that<br />
e.g., a 12 ohms speaker connected to<br />
the external channel at Dual Channel<br />
operation must be a type of at least 18<br />
Watts, otherwise the speaker is in<br />
danger of destruction at higher volumes.<br />
Note that speaker groups like in<br />
hi-fi boxes may have, at certain frequencies,<br />
impedance much lower than<br />
their rating. Make sure that all speakers<br />
are connected in correct polarity.<br />
Connect external speakers to the screw terminals on the LH amplifier side.<br />
DIP switch “Mode”, slide switch Stereo-2channel and Mono-Stereo switch<br />
Stereo<br />
“Mode”<br />
DIP switch<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Normal operation mode (Stereo)<br />
in position STEREO<br />
2C<br />
2channelstereo<br />
slide switch<br />
Terminal<br />
L-extern<br />
Terminal<br />
R-extern<br />
D<br />
R<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
4Ω CAUTION<br />
4Ω 2Ω<br />
E<br />
C 1 Channel 2 Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
OPTION<br />
OPTION<br />
R L<br />
E XTERNER L AUTSPRECHER<br />
E XTERNAL S PEAKER<br />
8 / 80W<br />
A<br />
C<br />
Leuchtstofflampen<br />
Fluorescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO<br />
D<br />
R<br />
Verstärker<br />
Amplifier<br />
A<br />
C<br />
RS 232<br />
I NFRAROT- R EGLER<br />
I NFRARED- R EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
XTRA E INGANG 300mV<br />
E XTRA NPUT 300mV<br />
L R<br />
E INGANG <strong>CD</strong><br />
INPUT<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
+<br />
+<br />
2Ω<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
D<br />
R<br />
OPTION<br />
OPTION<br />
R L<br />
E XTERNER L AUTSPRECHER<br />
E XTERNAL S PEAKER<br />
8 / 80W<br />
A<br />
C<br />
Netzsicherung<br />
Scheinannehmer<br />
210-240V - T 4A<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
Billacceptor<br />
100-117V - F 6A<br />
Externer Hauptschalter<br />
External Mains switch<br />
Netzsicherung<br />
Scheinannehmer<br />
210-240V - T 4A<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
Billacceptor<br />
100-117V - F 6A<br />
Externer Hauptschalter<br />
External Mains switch<br />
CAUTION<br />
E<br />
C 1 Channel2<br />
Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
Leuchtstofflampen<br />
Fluorescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO<br />
D<br />
R<br />
Verstärker<br />
Amplifier<br />
A<br />
C<br />
RS 232<br />
I NFRAROT- R EGLER<br />
I NFRARED- R EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
L R<br />
BGM<br />
XTRA E INGANG 300mV<br />
E XTRA NPUT 300mV<br />
L R<br />
E INGANG <strong>CD</strong><br />
INPUT<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
2Ω<br />
+<br />
2Ω<br />
+<br />
Two speakers of 4ohm also represent<br />
total impedance of 8ohm.<br />
42<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
A<br />
E<br />
I<br />
External amplifier connection<br />
9.12 External amplifier connection<br />
On the RCA terminals “Ausgang - Output”<br />
you can connect an external amplifier<br />
with any power rate. In Stereo mode the<br />
output level is normally controlled by<br />
means of the pot for the 2nd channel. Alternatively<br />
you can set the first DIP switch<br />
of the 6 sw. group to ON to couple this<br />
output to the normal volume control<br />
knobs (1st channel), so that both amplifiers<br />
can be controlled together.<br />
Connecting an external amplifier in 2-<br />
channel mode is not useful.<br />
To avoid hum- (earth-) loops try to use an<br />
external amplifier with ground insulation;<br />
it has no earth contacts. If it is impossible<br />
(e.g. receivers with cable supply) you can<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
2-K ANAL / 2-CHANNEL<br />
STEREO<br />
INTERNERLAUTSPRECHER<br />
INTERNALSPEAKER<br />
MONO<br />
STEREO<br />
CAUTION<br />
TO REDUCETHE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY Intern<br />
Extern<br />
WITH SAMETYPE AND Channel<br />
1 Channel2<br />
Bass Treble BGM<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
SICHERUNG<br />
F1-F4<br />
FUSE<br />
100-240V 117 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz 60Hz<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
T4A 3,0 AMP<br />
MUTE<br />
250 V AC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
30V~ 26V~ 26V~ 12V=<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
AC AC AC DC<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
separate both amps by means of the ground isolator part no. 0053300.<br />
The signal of the RCA terminals is also controlled by the settings of bass, treble, BGM, AVC and<br />
Mute.<br />
PTION<br />
PTION<br />
O<br />
XTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
XTERNAL PEAKER<br />
O<br />
R L<br />
E L<br />
E S<br />
8 W / 80 W<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRAFO<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-TRANSFORMER<br />
BUBBLE-TUBES<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
NETZTRAFO<br />
TRANSFORMER<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
FERNREGLER<br />
REMOTE-CONTROL<br />
DECKEL<br />
ABNEHMEN<br />
REMOVE<br />
COVER<br />
RS 232<br />
NFRAROT- EGLER<br />
NFRARED- EMOTE<br />
USGANG<br />
UTPUT<br />
I R<br />
I R<br />
BGM<br />
E 300mV<br />
E 300mV<br />
L R<br />
XTRA INGANG<br />
XTRA NPUT<br />
E <strong>CD</strong><br />
I <strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
INGANG<br />
NPUT<br />
IKROFON<br />
ICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
M<br />
M<br />
O<br />
L R<br />
9.13 Disabling the internal mute circuit<br />
With the optional BGM-Connector (part<br />
no. 0048133) you can connect an external<br />
source to the jukebox. In this case the<br />
amplifier should not be muted during<br />
standby of the jukebox.<br />
Please switch off the internal mute circuit<br />
by setting the first DIP switch of the 2 sw.<br />
group “Mute” to OFF.<br />
For more information order the Deutsche<br />
<strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH technical information<br />
leaflets TI-MA-116.<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
9.14 Input selector<br />
With the 5th DIP switch of the 6 sw.<br />
group you can set either <strong>CD</strong> or tape input<br />
as active.<br />
A NZEIGE / DISPLAY<br />
MUTE<br />
AVC TAPE<br />
RS232<br />
MICRO BGM<br />
ok.<br />
S CHALTER / SWITCHES<br />
AUTO 1 MUTE AUS/OFF<br />
NORMAL 2 RS232 SERVICE<br />
SEPARATE 1 VOLUME PARALLEL<br />
HIGH 2 AVC<br />
LOW<br />
A US/OFF<br />
3 AVC<br />
E IN/ON<br />
STEREO 4 MODE 2-K ANAL/2CHANNEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 5 INPUT TAPE<br />
A US/OFF<br />
6 BGM E IN/ON<br />
ERWEITERUNG<br />
EXTENSION<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
Verification of power voltage<br />
10 Amplifier F91<br />
The amplifier F91 is the version with higher power output<br />
(2 x 170 W rms.). Equipped with protection and<br />
watch dog functions described below. The BGM<br />
adapter (to attenuate the volume in BGM mode) is integrated.<br />
The amplifier is equipped with an automatic<br />
volume control (AVC) to level out different recording<br />
levels.<br />
In 2-channel mode it is possible to control both channels<br />
separately with the IR-remote control.<br />
You can also make selections with the optional infrared<br />
remote control.<br />
<br />
<br />
Remote<br />
<br />
Remote<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Stereo<br />
BGM<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
off<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
off<br />
on<br />
Volume<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Mode<br />
Tape<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Input<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Low Level<br />
Verstärker-Sicherungen / Amplifier Fuses<br />
210V - 240V<br />
100V - 117V<br />
Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103 Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103<br />
Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101 Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101<br />
MT 4A T 3,15A T 5A T 3A<br />
Zur Beachtung Nur Sicherungen mit gleicher Größe und<br />
gleichem Wert verwenden um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire replace only with<br />
same type and rating fuses.<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
ziehen!<br />
Attention!<br />
Pull power plug before opening protective<br />
lid!<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
240 Netzspannung<br />
230 50/60 Hz<br />
220<br />
210 Mains Voltage<br />
117 50/60 cps<br />
100<br />
Leuchtstofflampen/<br />
Flourescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
Line Out<br />
R<br />
L<br />
L<br />
R<br />
L<br />
10.1 Verification of power voltage<br />
ATTENTION! Always remove power plug before opening transformer cover plate. Never<br />
attempt any intervention to these parts unless qualified.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
The power voltage setting is on the cover plate of the<br />
F91 transformer. Machines for USA are set to 117 V.<br />
Jukeboxes „UNI-Pack“ are shipped in 230 V setting.<br />
This is marked on the machine label inside of the<br />
door. If the voltage setting is not clear the transformer<br />
cover plate has to be removed.<br />
The mains fuse (T3,15 A, res. T8 A for 117V) is located<br />
near the RH side of the cover plate.<br />
Loosen the 4 screws to remove cover plate<br />
The position of the two plug connectors on the transformer<br />
terminals 1 to 9 (primary side) indicates the<br />
(small arrows)<br />
current voltage setting. The following combinations are possible:<br />
240V = 1 - 9<br />
230V = 1 - 8<br />
220V = 2 - 9<br />
Verstärker-Sicherungen<br />
/ Amplifier Fuses<br />
210V - 240V<br />
100V - 117V<br />
Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103 Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103<br />
Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101 Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101<br />
MT 4A T 3,15A T 5A T 3A<br />
Zur Beachtung Nur Sicherungen mit gleicher Größe und<br />
gleichem Wert verwenden um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire replace only with<br />
same type and rating fuses.<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
ziehen!<br />
Attention!<br />
Pull power plug before opening protective<br />
lid!<br />
240<br />
230<br />
220<br />
210<br />
117<br />
100<br />
Netzspannung<br />
50/60 Hz<br />
Mains Voltage<br />
50/60 cps<br />
Netzsicherung/<br />
Mains Fuse<br />
210-240V - T3,15A<br />
100-117V - T8A<br />
Leuchtstofflampen/<br />
Flourescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
210V = 2 - 8<br />
117V = 1 - 6<br />
100V = 2 - 6<br />
Never connect the fluorescent supply to other<br />
contacts.<br />
to amplifier<br />
from mains<br />
If you intend to change the power voltage to a higher<br />
voltage (e.g. from 117V to 230V) it is recommended to<br />
use a subtransformer for the flourescent lamps or<br />
change the ballast according to the used voltage (e.g.<br />
for 230V).<br />
bk<br />
br/r<br />
or/y<br />
gn/bl<br />
vi/gy<br />
wt/bk<br />
br/r<br />
or/y<br />
gn/bl<br />
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18<br />
Mains voltage-Netzspannung<br />
240V = 1- 9<br />
230V = 1- 8<br />
220V = 2- 9<br />
210V = 2- 8<br />
117V = 1- 6<br />
100V = 2- 6<br />
Temperaturwächter<br />
= 2 - 4<br />
thermalfuse<br />
Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH<br />
Transformator 0039402<br />
nach VDE 0551 50 /60Hz<br />
r<br />
1-8=230V<br />
bk<br />
br<br />
gy<br />
The power consumption in standby is approx. 146W.<br />
With max. volume it is approx. 540W.<br />
to flourescent lamps<br />
44<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Position of fuses and plug connectors on the power amp board<br />
10.2 Position of fuses and plug connectors on the power amp board<br />
WARNING! A voltage of approx. +60V res. - 60V applies to the fuse terminals also a certain time after<br />
power off. Change the fuses with caution !<br />
Usually the jukeboxes are fitted with fuses of DIN 41571 (5x20 mm) slow blow or medium blow. Slow<br />
blow fuses of DIN standard bear the letter T (T = “Träge”) e.g. T 4/250 means T = slow blow, 4<br />
amps, 250 V maximum operating voltage. Which fuses have to be used is printed on the power<br />
transformer cover. Fast blow fuses (F = Flink) are unsuitable for the jukebox.<br />
The fuse holders on the amplifier P.C.B. are capable to hold also fuses of 6x32 mm size.<br />
Position of the plug connectors<br />
P12 - jukebox speakers<br />
P 3 - bubble tubes<br />
P16 - power transformer<br />
P 4 - <strong>CD</strong> sub transformer, <strong>CD</strong> player<br />
P 9 - mechanism, Selection and Credit Computer<br />
Si1<br />
Si2<br />
Si301<br />
Si302<br />
Si102<br />
Si100<br />
Si103<br />
Si101<br />
P 6 - option, coin interface<br />
P6A - option<br />
P12<br />
terminal for<br />
external P3<br />
speakers<br />
P16<br />
P4<br />
P9 P6A<br />
P6 P7<br />
P 7 - service<br />
Fuse<br />
Main fuse T 3,15,res. T8 A for 110/117 V.<br />
Fuse Si1: T4A (T5A) +70V= L.H. channel<br />
power stage<br />
Fuse Si2: T4A (T5A) -70V= L.H. channel<br />
power stage<br />
Fuse Si301: T4A (T5A) +70V= R.H. ch.<br />
power stage<br />
Fuse Si302: T4A (T5A) -70V= R.H. ch.<br />
power stage<br />
Fuse Si100: T3,15A (T3A) supply -30 V=<br />
Fuse Si101: T3,15A (T3A) supply +30 V=<br />
Fuse Si102: T3,15A (T3A) supply +12 V=<br />
Fuse Si103: T3,15A (T3A) supply 30V ~<br />
Failure<br />
No illumination, machine completely dead.<br />
No sound in the L.H. channel. Speaker relay is not activated,<br />
green LED does not light.<br />
No sound in the R.H. channel. Speaker relay is not activated,<br />
green LED does not light.<br />
The jukebox operates normal. The <strong>CD</strong>2 mechanism<br />
does not use this voltage.<br />
No initialisation run after power ON. Display working.<br />
No function.<br />
SCC unit dead - digital display dark (except red LED M<br />
still lighting up on coin insertion).<br />
The LEDs K and Z on the SCC unit are dark. No initialisation<br />
run after power ON.<br />
The digital digit on the <strong>CD</strong>-control is dark. Power supply<br />
for <strong>CD</strong> player and control unit is interrupted. Credit circuit<br />
via LED M is interrupted. If credits are still in memory<br />
or free play is programmed, a <strong>CD</strong> will placed on<br />
turntable but is not spinning. After about one minute the<br />
<strong>CD</strong> is taken back.<br />
If no credits in memory, no <strong>CD</strong> will be taken to turntable,<br />
the display is flashing.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
45
The first power ON<br />
10.3 The first power ON<br />
The mains switch is located at the bottom left hand rear<br />
side of the jukebox. In position ‘I’ jukebox and amplifier<br />
are switched on. The amplifier is now in STANDBY<br />
MODE:<br />
The yellow ‘Low Level LED’ lights.<br />
The ‘Low Level’ circuit detects low music parts and<br />
pauses. It effects the AVC circuit not to raise the audio<br />
level in music pauses. So disturbing noises will not be<br />
heard. This LED may light for short times during play.<br />
<br />
<br />
Remote<br />
<br />
Remote<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Stereo<br />
BGM<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
off<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
off<br />
on<br />
Volume<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Mode<br />
Tape<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Input<br />
Low Level LED<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
The yellow ‘Mute LED’ lights (on the power amp board,<br />
only visible after lifting up the pre amp board). It indicates<br />
that the amplifier is muted.<br />
To avoid power on and other noises, the amplifier output<br />
will be switched on only during play.<br />
MUTE-LED<br />
Power stage P.C.B.<br />
10.4 Pre-settings for volume, bass, treble<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
After power on of the jukebox or after pressing the button ‘preset’ the levels of volume, bass and treble<br />
will be set to basic values. These values can be set with different binary DIP switch combinations.<br />
The switches are located on the amplifier pre amp board. You can find the recommended<br />
settings on the amplifier cover.<br />
14. Remote control<br />
terminals<br />
13. Mode selector<br />
stereo / 2-channel<br />
1. Tone preset 2. Two red 3. Low level<br />
DIP switches clipping LEDs LED, yellow<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
off<br />
Tone<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
Input Tape<br />
R<br />
L<br />
R<br />
L<br />
4. <strong>CD</strong> input<br />
terminals<br />
5. tape / magn. pick up<br />
input terminals<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
6. mike kit socket<br />
12. Input selector<br />
<strong>CD</strong> / tape<br />
11. BGM active<br />
indicator<br />
LED yellow<br />
P4<br />
BGM<br />
Volume<br />
R<br />
L<br />
off on<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Gain<br />
R<br />
L<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
Line Out<br />
R<br />
L<br />
7. line output<br />
terminals<br />
10. Volume preset<br />
DIP switches 9. Gain pre pots 8. BGM level pots<br />
46<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Pre-settings for volume, bass, treble<br />
10.4.1 Pre-settings for volume<br />
You can set the basic values for volume in 63 steps<br />
(to 2dB) from no up to maximum volume.<br />
On the amplifier front cover you can find 6 DIPswitches<br />
(preset value) for each channel. These<br />
switches have different values (1, 2 ... to 32). If you<br />
add all the values of the switches in position “ON” you<br />
will get the value for the preset volume.<br />
P4<br />
Tone<br />
4<br />
Treble<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
Bass<br />
1<br />
P10 off on<br />
Remote<br />
P10<br />
Remote Mode<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Tape<br />
Stereo<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
R<br />
BGM<br />
L<br />
off on<br />
L R<br />
Clipping<br />
32<br />
16 R<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32 L<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
The recommended factory settings are printed on the<br />
amplifier cover (32).<br />
If you change the DIP-switch settings while the jukebox<br />
is operating, new settings will be taken over after<br />
having pressed the button ‘PRESET’ at the control terminal<br />
or on IR remote or after power on.<br />
Verstärker-Sicherungen / Amplifier Fuses<br />
210V - 240V<br />
100V - 117V<br />
Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103 Si 1/Si 301 Si 102/Si 103<br />
Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101 Si 2/Si 302 Si 100/Si 101<br />
MT 4A T 3,15A T 5A T 3A<br />
Zur Beachtung Nur Sicherungen mit gleicher Größe und<br />
gleichem Wert verwenden um Schäden zu vermeiden.<br />
Caution: To reduce the risk of fire replace only with<br />
same type and rating fuses.<br />
Achtung!<br />
Vor Abnahme der Kappe den Netzstecker<br />
ziehen!<br />
Attention!<br />
Pull power plug before opening protective<br />
lid!<br />
240 Netzspannung<br />
230 50/60 Hz<br />
220<br />
210 Mains Voltage<br />
117 50/60 cps<br />
100<br />
Leuchtstofflampen/<br />
Flourescent Lamps<br />
230V / 117V<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
DIP switches for<br />
volume pre-settings<br />
WARNING! If all switches are in position OFF no volume, if all switches are in position ON, the maximum<br />
volume appears at power on !<br />
value<br />
0%<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
low<br />
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 3637 38 39 40 41 42 4344 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63<br />
- switch position ON<br />
Preset volume level<br />
10.4.2 Pre-settings for bass and treble<br />
Like wise the values for bass and treble can be set.<br />
However for both channels together.<br />
DIP switches<br />
100%<br />
high<br />
recommended<br />
settigs<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
treble<br />
bass<br />
off<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
47
Speaker connections<br />
Three DIP-switches with the values 1, 2, 4 are provided<br />
for each bass and treble. You can choose 7 different<br />
steps of 3dB from minimum (-9dB) to maximum<br />
(+12dB). Adding value of all switches set to "ON" gets<br />
the total value.<br />
The 0dB - 'linear' position of these switches is printed as<br />
recommended factory setting on the amplifier cover.<br />
NOTE: If you change the DIP-switch settings while the<br />
jukebox operates, new settings will be taken over after<br />
having pressed the button ‘PRESET’ at the control terminal<br />
or after a power off and on of the box.<br />
value<br />
min.<br />
treble /<br />
bass<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Preset bass or treble level<br />
-9dB 0dB +12dB<br />
linear<br />
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />
- switch position ON<br />
max.<br />
treble /<br />
bass<br />
10.5 Speaker connections<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
The speaker connector terminals are situated inside<br />
and on the back side of the jukebox.<br />
To attain a good sound of the jukebox, take care<br />
when connecting the speakers. Pay attention to<br />
the following requirements:<br />
The minimum impedance is 4Ω per channel!<br />
The power output of each channel at a load of 4Ω<br />
is 170 W rms, i.e. the min. power consumption of a<br />
4Ω speaker set should be 200 Watts.<br />
All speakers must be connected with the correct polarity.<br />
The speakers may be operated as desired in the<br />
mode STEREO or 2-CHANNEL .<br />
In STEREO mode the sound reproduction is always<br />
stereo.<br />
In 2-CHANNEL mode it is possible to control the<br />
volume of both channels independent to each<br />
other. It allows to reproduce the sound in a second<br />
room with different volume. The sound reproduction<br />
in this mode is only mono.<br />
In 2-CHANNEL mode the volume of the speakers<br />
connected to the normal terminals (R.H. channel)<br />
can be controlled with the mode ‘VOLUME’ and the<br />
volume of speakers connected to the screwing terminals<br />
on the amplifier (LH channel) with the mode<br />
‘BALANCE’. The preset volume can be set separately.<br />
+/- Volume<br />
L<br />
R<br />
output<br />
relays<br />
L<br />
+<br />
2K<br />
- -<br />
+ +<br />
monitor<br />
speaker<br />
R.H.<br />
terminal<br />
L.H.<br />
terminal<br />
power amp board<br />
R<br />
+<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
or 4<br />
200W<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
or 4<br />
200W<br />
screwing terminals<br />
on the amplifier<br />
48<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Speaker connections<br />
10.5.1 The operating mode STEREO<br />
For normal operation the jukebox is set to the STEREO mode. Both amplifier switches, the mode<br />
switch and the slide switch S1 on the power amplifier board are set to position STEREO.<br />
P4<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
off<br />
Tone<br />
Stereo<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
L<br />
R<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
position<br />
STEREO<br />
S1<br />
S1<br />
R<br />
mode switch<br />
P12<br />
2-channel / Stereo<br />
slide switch S1<br />
Example1:<br />
Two 8Ω speaker connected in parallel<br />
per channel<br />
+/- Volume<br />
L<br />
R.H.<br />
terminal<br />
+<br />
_<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
Example 2:<br />
2 times 4 Ω speaker connected in series<br />
and in parallel with one 8Ω<br />
speaker<br />
+/- Volume<br />
R<br />
2K<br />
2-channel / Stereo<br />
slide switch S1<br />
L<br />
R<br />
2K<br />
2-channel / Stereo<br />
slide switch S1<br />
monitor<br />
speaker<br />
monitor<br />
speaker<br />
L.H.<br />
terminal<br />
R.H.<br />
terminal<br />
L.H.<br />
terminal<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
8<br />
100W<br />
4<br />
50W<br />
4<br />
50W<br />
4<br />
50W<br />
4<br />
50W<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
49
Connecting external speakers in operating mode 2-CHANNEL<br />
10.6 Connecting external speakers in operating mode 2-CHANNEL<br />
For 2-CHANNEL operation both amplifier switches, the<br />
mode switch and the slide switch S1 on the power amplifier<br />
board are set to position 2-CHANNEL.<br />
As the following examples show, in the 2-CHANNEL<br />
mode it is possible to connect different loads to each<br />
amplifier output. Take care that the min. impedance is<br />
4Ω per channel.<br />
Tone<br />
4<br />
Treble<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
L R<br />
2<br />
Bass<br />
1<br />
P10 off on<br />
Clipping<br />
Remote<br />
Mode<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Stereo<br />
R<br />
BGM<br />
P4<br />
R<br />
Mode<br />
Tape<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Input Input<br />
Volume<br />
L<br />
off on<br />
Volume<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
mode switch<br />
2-channel / stereo<br />
slide switch S1<br />
in position 2-channel<br />
S1<br />
S1<br />
P12<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Example 1:<br />
1st room a speaker of 4Ω<br />
200W, 2nd room 4speaker of<br />
2Ω 30W connected in series<br />
+/- Balance<br />
+/- Volume<br />
L<br />
R<br />
2K<br />
stereo<br />
slide switch<br />
monitor<br />
speaker<br />
screwing terminals<br />
normal<br />
terminal<br />
+<br />
_<br />
4<br />
200W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
+<br />
_<br />
2<br />
30W<br />
2<br />
30W<br />
2<br />
30W<br />
2<br />
30W<br />
Example 2:<br />
1st room a speaker of 4Ω<br />
200W, 2nd room 4speaker of<br />
16Ω 50W connected in parallel<br />
+/- Balance<br />
L<br />
screwing<br />
terminals<br />
+<br />
_<br />
16<br />
50W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
16<br />
50W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
16<br />
50W<br />
+<br />
_<br />
16<br />
50W<br />
+/- Volume<br />
R<br />
2K<br />
2-channel /<br />
stereo slide<br />
switch<br />
monitor<br />
speaker<br />
normal<br />
terminal<br />
+<br />
_<br />
4<br />
200W<br />
50<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
BGM mode - volume attenuation<br />
10.7 BGM mode - volume attenuation<br />
In the BGM (BackGround Music) mode the volume<br />
will be reduced by a certain factor.<br />
This function is controlled by the signal „BGM“<br />
pin 1 plug brown from the SCC unit. The active<br />
BGM mode is displayed with a yellow LED near<br />
plug P4. In this mode the volume of the normal<br />
sound is adjustable by two BGM trim pots in the<br />
center of the pre-amplifier board.<br />
P4<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10 off<br />
Remote<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
off<br />
on<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
L R<br />
Clipping<br />
32<br />
16 R<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32 L<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Low Level<br />
R<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
BGM LED<br />
(yellow)<br />
BGM trim pots<br />
10.8 Automatic volume control (AVC) and clipping stage<br />
The AVC sets <strong>CD</strong>s with different volume levels<br />
to an equal level. The level of <strong>CD</strong>s with a high<br />
level will be reduced, the level of low leveled<br />
<strong>CD</strong>s will be increased. This control works rather<br />
slow to save the dynamic range of the track.<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10 off<br />
Remote<br />
Tone<br />
on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
Low Level<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
The pre amp gain pots are situated between the<br />
volume pre-set switches and the BGM level trim<br />
pots. These two pots are factory pre set should<br />
not be adjusted.<br />
10.9 Overdrive protection<br />
P4<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
L<br />
off<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
on<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
R<br />
L<br />
R<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
gain pots<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
In case of an overdriven power amp one or both<br />
red clipping LEDs will light. The clipping circuit<br />
will have an effect on the AVC circuit and the<br />
volume will be reduced. Occasional lightning of<br />
the clipping LEDs during a loud performance is<br />
normal. Continuously lightning of one or both<br />
LEDs indicates an overdriven channel and distortion<br />
can be heard. It is recommended to reduce<br />
the volume.<br />
Also speakers with an impedance lower than 4Ω<br />
(in STEREO mode) may cause an overload and<br />
the LEDs will light.<br />
P4<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10 off<br />
Remote<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
Stereo<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
off<br />
on<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
Volume<br />
on<br />
clipping LEDs<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Clipping<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Low Level<br />
R<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
51
Overload protection<br />
10.10 Overload protection<br />
The power amplifier is provided with an overload protection<br />
circuit.<br />
While the <strong>CD</strong> is playing two green LEDs indicate that<br />
the speaker output relays are activated. If one of these<br />
LEDs is dark during play and no sound appears an<br />
overload of the power amp stage has occurred, which<br />
is for example caused by a short circuit in the connection<br />
wires to the external speakers.<br />
relay check<br />
LEDs (green)<br />
An additional internal watch dog circuit checks that the<br />
audio signal contains no DC Voltages and no high<br />
sublow frequencies. It also indicates that the load limitation<br />
cut off has been reached. If only one test is not<br />
successful the relays will be switched off.<br />
speakers relay<br />
10.11 Tape input<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Additional to the <strong>CD</strong> input a<br />
tape input with a higher input<br />
sensivity is provided. As an option<br />
this input stage may be<br />
wired as a correcting network<br />
to work with a magnetic pick up<br />
(RIAA). Set the ‘input’ DIP<br />
switch to tape position to select<br />
the tape input.<br />
P4<br />
Treble<br />
Bass<br />
P10 off<br />
Remote<br />
P10<br />
Remote<br />
BGM<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Stereo<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Tone<br />
on<br />
Mode<br />
Input<br />
input off on<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2-Kanal<br />
Tape<br />
switch<br />
L R<br />
Clipping<br />
32<br />
16 R<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
32 L<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Low Level<br />
R<br />
Amplifier F91<br />
0039155<br />
BGM Level<br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input <strong>CD</strong><br />
L<br />
R<br />
Input Tape<br />
L<br />
Mic.-Kit<br />
R<br />
Line Out<br />
L<br />
tape<br />
input<br />
52<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Hints of connectable speaker loads<br />
11 70v output transformer (0043157)<br />
If you want to work with different speakers with any other impedances or with 70V systems, we recommend<br />
to use the output transformer. You can than connect speakers between 2Ω and 16Ω together<br />
but complete independent to each other.<br />
If you want to connect several speakers by means of an output transformer pay attention to the following<br />
hints:<br />
1. To avoid an interruption of all speakers by the overload protection circuit or a decrease of volume<br />
by the clipping stage, the total power outlet of the amplifier should not be exceeded.<br />
2. All speakers must be connected with the correct polarity.<br />
3. To operate each external speaker with the desired volume level, pay attention to the respective<br />
efficiency, impedance and load limit.<br />
4. To avoid cable losses on long speaker lines (more than 60 feet) and low impedance, 70Voltsystems<br />
should be used as much as possible.<br />
5. If speakers with low impedance (2Ω, 4Ω) are used, each speaker should have its own line with<br />
sufficient cross-section.<br />
6. When an output transformer is used no speakers should be connected to the screwing terminals<br />
on the power amplifier board P4A.<br />
7. Note: The 2-channel option can not be used in connection with an output transformer without<br />
modifying the pre-amp board.<br />
The internal speakers can be operated with lower volume (switches on the connecting board). In position<br />
HIGH power consumption of the internal speakers is approx. 32W, in position LOW approx.<br />
10W.<br />
to amplifier<br />
LEFT<br />
high<br />
low<br />
70V<br />
0V<br />
17,6V 14,1V 11,8V 3,2V 1,1V 0V<br />
32,8V 30V 22V 6V 2V 0V<br />
6 5 4 3 2 1<br />
CLASS 2 WIRING<br />
K99<br />
F91<br />
70V<br />
output transformer F91 / K99 no. 0043157<br />
volume internal speakers<br />
0V<br />
17,6V 14,1V 11,8V 3,2V 1,1V 0V<br />
32,8V 30V 22V 6V 2V 0V<br />
6 5 4 3 2 1<br />
to speaker<br />
crossover<br />
RIGHT<br />
high<br />
low<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
speaker power switch<br />
LH channel<br />
speaker power switch<br />
RH channel<br />
11.1 Hints of connectable speaker loads<br />
The maximum power output per channel is 170 Watts (rms) for F91 and 55 Watts (rms) for K99. The<br />
power consumption of the connected speakers can be higher (i.e. 200 W) than the maximum remaining<br />
power outlet of the amplifier. If the power consumption is lower (i.e. 10 W) than the maximum<br />
remaining power outlet of the amplifier, it can be adapted by means of the output transformer.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
53
Determination of the connectable speaker power<br />
11.2 Determination of the connectable speaker power<br />
The real power consumption of a speaker equals the square of the voltage applied to the speaker<br />
terminals divided through the speaker impedance (P = U² / R). The power values calculated in this<br />
way are shown in the following table. The volume level really delivered depends also on the speaker<br />
sensitivity and varies from type to type, but it is possible to level out these differences in certain limits.<br />
11.3 Hints for speaker connection<br />
! How much amplifier output will be used for the additional speakers, high or low.<br />
! 140W (F91) / 45W (K99) are available, if the speaker power switch is in position LOW.<br />
! 70W (F91) / 23W (K99) are available, if the speaker power switch is in position HIGH.<br />
! The load of all speakers has to be added.<br />
! If the total load of all speakers per channel is higher than the delivered amplifier outlet power,<br />
not all speakers may work with the maximum power.<br />
! If the total load of all speakers per channel is lower than the delivered amplifier outlet power,<br />
all speakers may work with the maximum power, a power reserve additionally.<br />
! For an efficient use of the speaker power the optimum impedance in conjunction with the output<br />
transformer connection possibilities has to be determined.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Delivered maximum power in Watt if speakers with an impedance<br />
of xx Ohm are connected (F91/K99).<br />
Voltage applied<br />
to the<br />
terminals<br />
in Volt rms<br />
Terminal number<br />
and polarity<br />
16Ohm 12 Ohm 8 Ohm 6 Ohm 4 Ohm 2 Ohm F91/K99 pos neg<br />
0.5 F91 0.7/0.2 1/0.3 2/0.6 2/1.1 2 1<br />
0.7 F91 1 F91 1.3/0.4 2/0.6 3.9/1.1 2.8/1.5 6 5<br />
1 F91 1.3/0.4 2/0.5 2.7/0.7 4/1.1 8/2.2 4/2.1 3 2<br />
2.3/0.6 3/0.85 4.5/1.3 6/1.7 9/2.6 18/5.1 6/3.2 3 1<br />
4/1.2 5.3/1.5 8/2.3 10.7/3.1 16/4..6 32/9.3 8/4.3 5 4<br />
7.3/2.1 9.7/2.8 15/4.2 19/5.6 29/8.4 58/16.8 10.8/5.8 6 4<br />
LOW 16/4.6 21/6.2 32/9.3 43/12.3 64/18.5 128/37 16/8.6 4 3<br />
25/7.2 33/9.5 50/14.3 67/19.1 100/28.6 200/57.2 20/10.7 4 2<br />
30/8.7 40/11.6 61/17.4 81/23.2 121/34.8 * 22/11.8 4 1<br />
36/10.4 48/13.9 72/20.8 96/27.7 144/41.6 * 24/12.9 5 3<br />
HIGH 49/14.1 65/18.8 98/28.1 131/37.5 196/56.25 * 28/15 5 2<br />
56/16.2 75/21.6 113/32.4 150/43.2 * * 30/16.1 5 1<br />
59/17.4 79/23.2 119/34.9 158/46.5 * * 30.8/16.7 6 2<br />
67/19.4 90/25.8 134/38.7 179/51.6 * * 32.8/17.6 6 1<br />
54<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Connection of 70v systems<br />
11.4 Connection of 70v systems<br />
70V systems are intended for transmissions over long distances. They also have their own transformer<br />
in front of the speakers. The primary (input-)side of this transformer has to be connected in<br />
correct polarity with the 70V terminals of the Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH output transformer. It is not<br />
allowed to consume more power than the amplifier is able to supply (23W or 45W), minus the additional<br />
speakers eventually connected to the output transformer. At some 70V-systems the load is capable<br />
of variation.<br />
32,8V<br />
KL<br />
70v system<br />
+<br />
70V<br />
30V<br />
22V<br />
6V<br />
HIGH<br />
LOW<br />
-<br />
0V<br />
2V<br />
0V<br />
HIGH<br />
from amplifier<br />
32,8V<br />
KR<br />
70v system<br />
+<br />
70V<br />
30V<br />
22V<br />
6V<br />
HIGH<br />
LOW<br />
-<br />
0V<br />
2V<br />
0V<br />
HIGH<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
55
Fuses<br />
12 Amplifier I84<br />
12.1 Fuses<br />
Usually the machine is fitted with fuses of DIN 41571 (5x20mm) slow blow. Slow blow fuses of DIN<br />
standard bear the letter T (T = ’Träge’), hence T 3.15 is the proper type to be used. All fuses in the<br />
amplifier are rated T 3.15 250v.<br />
The open holders of the LT fuses are capable to either 5x20mm fises of DIN 41571 standard or<br />
fuses of 6x30mm size. Fast and medium blow fuses are unsuitable for the machine.<br />
Only exceptions are countries with 110/117v supply where a fast blow fuse of 6.3amps (F6.3 of<br />
6x30mm size) is used for the primary fuse.<br />
6<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Si6 Si4<br />
Si5 Si3<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Fuse (number)<br />
1 Main fuse T 3.15<br />
At 110/117v supply F6.3<br />
3<br />
2<br />
H<br />
Si1<br />
Si2<br />
L<br />
T<br />
T<br />
N N<br />
Failure<br />
No illumination, jukebox completely dead.<br />
2 Suses Si1 and Si2: speaker fuses No sound on LH channel (Si1) or RH channel. the reason<br />
for a blown fuses here might be a shorted power transistor.<br />
3 Fuse Si3: 30v negative supply Amplifier distorting on both channels, green LED 1 not lit.<br />
Gripper arm is still moving. Digital display shows a flashing<br />
8 on the RH digit.<br />
4 Fuse Si4: 30v positive supply Amplifier silent though the red LED (mute) is dark. Gear motor<br />
not working. After power on disc carrier moves on and<br />
stops, relay M3 picks up, after that no further function.<br />
5 Fuse Si5: 12v positive supply S&CC unit dead - digital display is dark (except red LED M<br />
still lightning up on coin insertion).<br />
6 Fuse Si6: 30v AC supply Disc carrier motor KM not working, power supply for <strong>CD</strong><br />
control unit (one digit display dark) and <strong>CD</strong> player interrupted.<br />
Break in credit circuit (LED M). After power on carrier<br />
latch solenoid picks up, digital display shows 0000 and then<br />
no further function.<br />
main<br />
fuse<br />
1<br />
56<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Volume control<br />
12.2 Volume control<br />
The control box, accessible from the rear side of<br />
the jukebox, is a separate unit and has two knobs<br />
(L and R). In „stereo mode“ (switch S in position<br />
stereo) only the left knob is effective. In position „2<br />
Kanal“ (two channel) of the slide switch both channels<br />
are controllable separately.<br />
NOTE: The volume control unit can be screwed off<br />
and may be mounted at another place as a remote<br />
control.<br />
ATTENTION! Depending on the adjusted volume<br />
of the jukebox noise levels of more than<br />
70 dB can be reached.<br />
12.3 Automatic loudness controller<br />
An internal automatic volume controller decreases the volume level of <strong>CD</strong>s recorded too loud to an<br />
output level defined by the ALC pot. So an equal volume level is reached. The ALC pot is pre-set<br />
from the factory. In left position of the adjustment pot the ALC does not operate.<br />
12.4 Treble and bass control<br />
The treble and the bass controls at the top RH-side of the amplifier may be set to any position to suit<br />
local acoustic requirements. The Mono-Stereo switch may also be set to either position, however, it<br />
must be set to ‘Stereo’ if a stereophonic reproduction is desired.<br />
12.5 Slide switch ’Stereo/2-Kanal’<br />
In standard operating mode the slide switch<br />
„Stereo/2-Kanal“ is in position „Stereo“. In Position<br />
„2-Kanal“ the cabinet speakers of the jukebox are<br />
switched to the left amplifier channel. Both sockets<br />
for the external speakers L and R are switched to<br />
the right amplifier channel.<br />
If the slide switch of the volume control unit is<br />
switched to „2-Kanal“ a separate control of both<br />
cabinet speakers and external speakers (e.g. in another<br />
room) is possible (left knob for inside, right<br />
one for outside). The slide switch „Mono-Stereo“<br />
has to be set to mode „Mono“.<br />
Mono/Stereo<br />
slide switch<br />
treble<br />
+ bass<br />
control<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
2-Channel/Stereo<br />
slide switch<br />
Automatic<br />
Loudness Control<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
57
Maximum amplifier load and external speakers<br />
12.6 Maximum amplifier load and external speakers<br />
The amplifier may not be loaded with more than 4ohms per channel (less ohms means more load!).<br />
If the amplifier is operating in 2-channel mode, the speakers are all loaded to the LH channel.<br />
The impedance of all external speakers per channel in Stereo mode should not be less than 8ohms,<br />
because the cabinet speakers represent a load of already 8ohms per channel.<br />
If the amplifier is working in 2-channel mode, the speakers are all loaded to the LH channel. The RH<br />
channel (now switched to the sockets ’R-Extern’ and ’L-Extern’) now may be loaded with a minimum<br />
of 4ohms.<br />
The output to a 4ohms load is 70watts sinus power at 1% distorsion, to 12ohms it is about 24watts,<br />
to 24ohms it is about 12watts. That means, that e.g. a 12ohms speaker connected to the external<br />
channel at Dual channel operation must be a type of at least 24watts, otherwise the speaker is in<br />
danger of destruction at higher volumes. Speaker groups, so-called HiFi boxes, may have, at certain<br />
frequences, impedances much lower than their rating.<br />
Both amplifier switches in position STEREO<br />
Remote control in position STEREO too<br />
Amplifier switches in positions 2-CHANNEL and MONO<br />
Remote control switched to 2-CHANNEL<br />
Stereo<br />
Stereo<br />
L<br />
L<br />
12 Ohm<br />
internal<br />
speaker<br />
DIN Anschl.<br />
LH-extern.<br />
Mono<br />
2 channel<br />
L<br />
L<br />
6 Ohm<br />
load<br />
internal<br />
speakers<br />
R<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Remote<br />
control<br />
R<br />
2-Channel-<br />
Stereo<br />
slide switch<br />
2-Channel-<br />
Stereo<br />
slide switch<br />
12.7 Connection of external speakers<br />
2K<br />
R<br />
12 Ohm<br />
internal<br />
speaker<br />
DIN terminal<br />
RH-extern.<br />
Remote<br />
control<br />
Additional speakers may be connected via two speaker DIN plugs to the amplifier.<br />
R<br />
2K<br />
ATTENTION! In Stereo mode, do not connect a single speaker with less than 8ohms to the amplifier!<br />
DIN terminal<br />
LH-extern.<br />
DIN terminal<br />
RH-extern.<br />
8Ω 8Ω 4Ω 4Ω<br />
4Ω<br />
4Ω<br />
H<br />
H<br />
L<br />
T<br />
N N<br />
L<br />
T<br />
N N<br />
T<br />
T<br />
Connection of 2 speakers of 4ohms<br />
in series representing a total<br />
impedance of 8ohms<br />
58<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Infrared remote control<br />
12.8 Infrared remote control<br />
If required an infrared remote control will be installed<br />
at the factory or can be delivered as a conversion kit<br />
(part no. 0050917; amplifier I84).<br />
If it is already installed you will find the hand transmitter<br />
in the cashbox.<br />
By pressing the buttons 'high' and 'low' at the same<br />
time this hand transmitter can be re-programmed. It is<br />
then set to work with jukeboxes which have an infrared<br />
remote control with selection buttons.<br />
Batteries: 2 micro cells type LR03 (AAA) (will be delivered).<br />
The meanings of the buttons...<br />
! HIGH<br />
! Increases the volume. Press the button rapidly<br />
to increase the volume quickly.<br />
! LOW<br />
! Decreases the volume. Press the button rapidly<br />
to decrease the volume quickly.<br />
! MUTE<br />
! As long as this button is pressed the jukebox is<br />
muted.<br />
! CANCEL<br />
! Cancels the playing track. If 'albumplay' is enabled<br />
the next track will be played.<br />
lower<br />
volume<br />
cancel<br />
DW: 0050999<br />
higher<br />
volume<br />
NOTE: The infrared receiving unit memorizes the last volume value before switch off the jukebox<br />
and starts with the same level when switched on again.<br />
mute<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
59
Infrared remote control with selection buttons<br />
12.9 Infrared remote control with selection buttons<br />
If requested an infrared remote control will be installed at<br />
the factory or can be delivered as a conversion kit (part<br />
no. 0047522; amplifier I84). If it is already installed you<br />
can find the remote control in the cashbox. The receiver<br />
eye of the infrared remote control is located underneath<br />
the keyboard. Beam it directly if possible.<br />
Batteries will be delivered.Two micro cells Typ LR03<br />
(AAA) are needed.<br />
The meanings of the buttons:<br />
! BUTTONS 0 - 9 and RESET<br />
! If credit is given or free play is programmed a <strong>CD</strong><br />
can be selected with the buttons 0 to 9 and R.<br />
NOTE: Double button functions as required in the service<br />
programs (i.e. press button 5 -hold down- and press button<br />
R), are not possible. For this you only can use the<br />
keypad of the jukebox.<br />
selection<br />
buttons<br />
music<br />
control<br />
buttons<br />
button<br />
OPTION:<br />
- credit or<br />
- Play<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
! OPTION button<br />
! This button can be used either as credit button or<br />
to switch on and off the continuous play function.<br />
! HIGH<br />
! Increases the volume.<br />
! LOW<br />
! Decreases the volume.<br />
The jukebox saves the actual volume if it is switched off.<br />
! MUTE<br />
! The first button operation switches the sound off.<br />
The next operation switches it on ('Toggle-function').<br />
! CANCEL<br />
! Cancels the playing track. If 'albumplay' is enabled<br />
the next track will be played.<br />
60<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Digital display test / EPROM-version, level 1 button 4<br />
13 Function tests<br />
Following checks can be done in service level 1.<br />
Therefore set ...<br />
slide switch<br />
service<br />
LT button<br />
1. ... slide switch Service in position ON and ...<br />
2. ... press LT button.<br />
# Display shows ’0 0’.<br />
K<br />
SERVICE<br />
ON<br />
OFF<br />
Z<br />
T.T. F 7 6 6 6<br />
+2 6 6 5 5 5<br />
+3 5 5 4 4 4<br />
BR 4 4 3 3 3<br />
3 3 2 2 2<br />
2 2 1 1 1<br />
0 0 0 0 0<br />
GP + 6 GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
M<br />
LT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
10<br />
20<br />
+B<br />
T1<br />
T<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
ACHTUNG: MEMORY - Stecker von OFF<br />
auf ON umstecken, wenn<br />
Top tunes, Popularitätszähler<br />
oder Kassenzähler arbeiten soll.<br />
ATTENTION: Move MEMORY Plug from OFF<br />
to ON if Top tunes, Pop Meter or<br />
Cash Box Content Registration<br />
is required.<br />
ATTENTION: Placer la prise MEMORY en<br />
position ON, de la position OFF<br />
si le Top Tunes, le compteur de<br />
popularité et la contenu de la<br />
caisse sont demandés.<br />
0040264<br />
P6 1 6<br />
1<br />
P5<br />
5<br />
1<br />
P8 8<br />
ON<br />
Memory<br />
OFF<br />
13.1 Digital display test / EPROM-version, level 1 button 4<br />
1. Press selection button 4.<br />
# All segments counting 0 to 9 are displayed, then the program version<br />
number (EPROM version), e.g.<br />
# A = type: 03 - <strong>CD</strong>1 mechanism, player: <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
# B = version number<br />
2. To cancel the procedure press selection button R.<br />
A<br />
B<br />
13.2 <strong>CD</strong> carrier control check, level 1, button 8<br />
1. Press selection button 8.<br />
# Relay M3 on the S&CC pulls in and <strong>CD</strong> basket turns provided that the gripper arm is in carrier<br />
position. The carrier turns as long as selection button 8 is pressed.<br />
13.3 Gripper arm motor test, level 1, button 7<br />
1. Press selecton button 7.<br />
# Relay M operates and a <strong>CD</strong> under the gripper arm position will be transferred to the <strong>CD</strong><br />
player. If selection button 7 is pressed during play, the <strong>CD</strong> will be returned into the carrier after<br />
one second.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
ATTENTION! The gripper arm only moves ewhen the gear switch ’Gripper Motor’ is in position ON.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
61
<strong>CD</strong> player check (START), level 1, button 6<br />
13.4 <strong>CD</strong> player check (START), level 1, button 6<br />
1. Press selection button 7 to place one <strong>CD</strong> onto the turntable.<br />
2. Press selection button 6.<br />
# The <strong>CD</strong> will start to play beginning with the first track.<br />
# Display shows first....<br />
3. ... and then the current play time in seconds, e.g. 8sec.<br />
TRACK number<br />
4. If no track is pre-selected with selection button 0 or 9, the complete<br />
<strong>CD</strong> will be played starting track 1.<br />
13.5 Jump to NEXT track, level 1, button 0<br />
PLAY <strong>TIME</strong> of<br />
the actual track<br />
1. Press selection button 7 to place one <strong>CD</strong> onto the turntable.<br />
2. Press selection button 0 (several times).<br />
# The <strong>CD</strong> starts and the track number according to the number of<br />
key actuation will be played. Only this track will be played.<br />
# Display shows first e.g. ...<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
3. ... then the current play time in seconds 8e.g. 8 sec.)<br />
4. If selection button 0 is pressed again once the next track will be<br />
played or...<br />
5. ... if selection button 6 is pressed the remaining tracks of the <strong>CD</strong> will<br />
be played.<br />
13.6 Jump to PREVIOUS track, level 1, button 9<br />
1. Press selection button 7 to place one <strong>CD</strong> onto the turntable.<br />
TRACK number<br />
PLAY <strong>TIME</strong> of<br />
the actual track<br />
2. Press selection button 0 (several times).<br />
3. Press selection button 9, the player jumps to the previous track with each actuation. Reaching<br />
track 1, this track will be played continuously.<br />
4. If button 6 is pressed in between after this the remaining tracks of the <strong>CD</strong> will be played.<br />
5. If track 1 is reached this track will be played continuously.<br />
62<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
STOP playing, level 1, button 5<br />
13.7 STOP playing, level 1, button 5<br />
1. Press selection button 5.<br />
# <strong>CD</strong> play will be interrupted and display shows:<br />
" To terminate all the tests to return to normal operation, set slide<br />
switch Service to OFF and press LT button.<br />
initial position<br />
service level 1<br />
mechanism type: <strong>CD</strong>1<br />
player type: <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
63
STOP playing, level 1, button 5<br />
14 Description of S&CC price setting<br />
Statement:<br />
At the RH side of the S&CC unit so-called coin inputs are located designated by the numbers 1, 2 ...<br />
10, 20. These inputs are used to set a memory value to the ’basic unit’ the computer uses to figure<br />
credits. If no bonus jumpers are inserted and input 1 is shorted to ground by a coin validator, the<br />
S&CC unit gives one credit. This corresponds to a basic unit and will be called as one input in the following<br />
description. In most applications one input pulse agrees to the lowest coin value. The terminals<br />
2 to 20 give corresponding to their number 2 to 20 input pulses per coin insertion.<br />
If no jumpers are inserted, each input pulse switches the S&CC unit to the next bonus step B1 -<br />
B4.This is first of all without result because no jumpers are set in the rows B1 to B4.<br />
If there are jumpers set in B1 to B4 additional credits will be given according to the reached bonus<br />
step and the jumper setting in this step.<br />
Example:<br />
B1 is set from 0 to 3: By reaching the first bonus step (after one input pulse) one basic credit is given<br />
+ 3 credits from the bonus step B1 = 4 credits will be displayed.<br />
If the same jumper is set in B2 and the next input pulse reaches the S&CC unit, it will switch to the<br />
next bonus step B2 and the credits given before the basic credit from the input pulse and the three<br />
credits from B2 will be added 4 + 1 + 3 = 8 credits. This is repeated until B4 is reached.<br />
If the jumper BR is set, the S&CC unit will stay in step B4 until the next selection is made. At each input<br />
pulse the basic credit of this pulse and the bonus credits from step B4 will be given. If BR is not<br />
set, the S&CC unit will jump back to step B1 when B4 is overflowed.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
A jumper in BS causes the computer not stepping at each input pulse to a new bonus step, but<br />
moreover when two or up to seven input pulses have reached it. For example, if a jumper in BS is<br />
set from 0 to 4, the bonus step B1 will first be reached after 4 input pulses. B2 will be reached after<br />
the next 4 pulses.<br />
A jumper in GP means that the computer will not give a basic credit at each input pulse, but will only<br />
give a basic credit after the programmed number of credits in GP.<br />
Example: GP: 0 -> 4 = 4 input pulses give one credit. This system is needed to enable the machine<br />
to deal with smaller coins as a nickel and to be able to interface with foreign coin systems.<br />
The table below gives an example for the<br />
following jumper setting:<br />
BR = bonus reset<br />
BS = bonus step<br />
GP = basic price<br />
T.T.<br />
+2<br />
+3<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
F 7<br />
6 6<br />
5 5<br />
4 4<br />
3 3<br />
2 2<br />
0 0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
pulse 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.<br />
credits GP - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -<br />
bonus step B1 B2 B3<br />
credits BS 1 2 2<br />
sum - 1 2 3 3 6 6 7 9 10 10<br />
pulse 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.<br />
credits GP 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1<br />
bonus step B4 B1 B2 B3<br />
credits BS 3 1 2 2<br />
sum 14 14 15 16 17 17 20 20 21 23 24<br />
64<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Access to the player functions without S&CC unit<br />
15 Integrated test program of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player<br />
15.1 Access to the player functions without S&CC unit<br />
For a test the complete player unit <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
can be operated without S&CC unit.<br />
The power supply from the installed amplifier,<br />
the sub-transformer and an amplifier<br />
with <strong>CD</strong> input for the audio signal is required.<br />
one figure<br />
display<br />
button 1 (mode)<br />
A one digit digital display indicates the current<br />
operation mode and three command<br />
buttons are located on the player chassis.<br />
CAUTION<br />
button 2<br />
button 3<br />
The one digit display is able to display<br />
more information.<br />
To display two or more digits the information<br />
starts with a dark phase of approx.<br />
1 sec. followed by the digits<br />
shown one after another with dark<br />
phase of 100 msec. between each digit.<br />
The most significant digit will be displayed<br />
at first.<br />
moment of power ON<br />
reset active<br />
display dark for 1 sec<br />
After power on and after a general reset<br />
command (display shows “8”), the program<br />
version number of the Deutsche<br />
<strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH <strong>CD</strong> control unit will be<br />
displayed with four digits followed by<br />
the version number of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
servo processor with two digits.<br />
If the player is in stand by and the three<br />
buttons on the player are pressed at the<br />
same time the above mentioned sequence<br />
will be displayed but without<br />
showing “8” for “reset active”.<br />
time<br />
100ms pause<br />
program<br />
version number<br />
<strong>Wurlitzer</strong> <strong>CD</strong> control unit<br />
01.20<br />
date of release<br />
08.05.<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO version<br />
number 3.7<br />
mode = 0<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
65
Test functions <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
15.2 Test functions <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
Taste 1 (mode)<br />
CAUTION<br />
Taste 2<br />
Taste 3<br />
mode display<br />
mode display<br />
button 1<br />
(mode)<br />
button 2 button 3 buttons 2 + 3 together<br />
0 mode 1 start stop repeat <strong>CD</strong><br />
1 mode 2 next track previous track repeat track<br />
2 mode 3 search forward search backward single, double speed<br />
3 mode 4 pause ON pause OFF<br />
4 mode 5 volume + volume - mute<br />
5 mode 0 track + 1 track - 1 play selected track (read TOC, if necessary)<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
If “repeat <strong>CD</strong>” had been selected with the<br />
buttons 2 + 3 in mode 0 the display will be<br />
“99”. At each beginning of a new track it will<br />
be displayed with two digits.<br />
If “repeat track” had been selected with the<br />
buttons 2 + 3 in mode 1 the actual played<br />
track will be displayed.<br />
By pressing of two buttons at the same time<br />
additional values will be displayed:<br />
! Buttons 1+2:<br />
! The last occurred error code will be<br />
displayed (ref. to error code table).<br />
This error code will be reset after this<br />
retrieval or after a <strong>CD</strong>-PRO reset (e.g.<br />
the next power on).<br />
! Buttons 1+3:<br />
! The actual playing track will be displayed.<br />
Error code<br />
0<br />
2<br />
7<br />
8<br />
10<br />
12<br />
13<br />
31<br />
32<br />
33<br />
34<br />
40<br />
41<br />
42<br />
43<br />
44<br />
45<br />
! Buttons 1+2+3:<br />
48<br />
! No <strong>CD</strong> is playing: Program version<br />
and date of release.<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> is playing: Max. / min. track number will be displayed.<br />
Meaning<br />
No error<br />
Focus error or no disc<br />
Subcode error, no valid subcode<br />
TOC error<br />
Radial error<br />
Fatal sledge error<br />
Turntable motor error<br />
Search time out<br />
Search binary error<br />
Search index error<br />
Search time error<br />
Illegal command<br />
Illegal value<br />
Illegal time value<br />
Communication error<br />
Reserved<br />
HF detector error<br />
Emergency stop<br />
NOTE: If commands will be sent to the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player, the display will flash. During this time no<br />
commands given by the buttons will be accepted. While the table of contents (TOC) is read an 8 flashes<br />
in the display. In this way, the necessary time to read the TOC can be prolonged. So bad <strong>CD</strong>s<br />
can be recognised and taken out.<br />
66<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Special test functions of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player<br />
15.3 Special test functions of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO player<br />
Service program of <strong>CD</strong>-PRO (mode 9). With this service program different functions of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO<br />
player can be tested.<br />
How to call:<br />
Switch main power OFF. Press button 1 - hold<br />
down - and switch main power on. (Remark:<br />
“Power ON - OFF” can also be done by disconnecting<br />
the wire bk./gy. from pin 6 of the sub<br />
transformer.)<br />
90<br />
91<br />
Start service program<br />
Laser light OFF<br />
Laser light ON<br />
Function:<br />
The <strong>CD</strong> control unit steps into mode 9 and runs<br />
the tests 90 up to 99. Mode 9 will be displayed<br />
continuously. While changing the test step it will<br />
be displayed with two digits<br />
Remarks:<br />
For starting test step 94 a <strong>CD</strong> has to be placed<br />
on turntable.<br />
! The button 1...<br />
has no function during this test.<br />
! The button 2...<br />
switches to the next test step.<br />
! The button 3...<br />
switches to the previous test step.<br />
Quit:<br />
Press button 2 while test 98 is running. Control<br />
unit steps over test 99 to mode 0 automatically.<br />
Press button 2 to reach next step.<br />
92<br />
93<br />
94<br />
95<br />
96<br />
97<br />
98<br />
Focus OFF<br />
Search focus<br />
Turntable motor OFF<br />
Turntable motor ON<br />
Radial Servo OFF<br />
Radial Servo ON<br />
Sledge moves forward<br />
and backward.<br />
Press button 3 to reach previous step.<br />
99 Quit service program,<br />
Mode<br />
back to mode 0.<br />
0<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Test 91: You can check the laserlight with an infrared<br />
indicator.<br />
next test step<br />
Test 93: Without a <strong>CD</strong>: laser lense moves up<br />
and down. If you put a <strong>CD</strong> on the turntable while<br />
the test runs the lens stops moving if it finds the<br />
focus point.<br />
previous test step<br />
Test 95: The turntable motor must spin.<br />
Test 98: The sledge moves itself from inside to outside and back again. If this test is successful the<br />
speed of the disc must change to lower speed at the outside of the disc.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
67
Abbreviations<br />
16 Functional description of the mechanism<br />
16.1 Abbreviations<br />
<strong>CD</strong> sub transformer<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC control board<br />
Laser control board<br />
Insulating transformer with primary 30v AC / secondary 9v AC and<br />
14v AC for laser control board.<br />
The <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC is controlled by the S&CC and commands the operating<br />
sequence of the <strong>CD</strong> player. All commands are verified and carried<br />
out by the on-board micro processor.<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC also supplies the voltages for the laser control board.<br />
Control board and interface for <strong>CD</strong> player. This assembly is controlled<br />
by a serial data connection, the easy-line bus. Supply voltages<br />
are also provided by this bus.<br />
16.2 Functional description<br />
16.2.1 Power supply<br />
Power is supplied from the amplifier to the mechanism chassis over plug ’mechanism’. The <strong>CD</strong> carrier<br />
latch solenoid M3 is connected to -30v DC. The gripper motor MM operates with +30v DC and<br />
the <strong>CD</strong> carrier motor KM with 30v AC.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
16.2.2 S&CC supply<br />
Looped over the mechanism chassis the S&CC unit is supplied by the amplifier with 30v AC and 12v<br />
DC over plug red. 12v DC are protected by fuse Si5 and the 30v AC are protected by fuse Si6 on the<br />
amplifier board.<br />
16.2.3 <strong>CD</strong>-PRO supply<br />
The <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC board, the laser control board and connected <strong>CD</strong> player are supplied by the <strong>CD</strong><br />
sub transformer. The sub transformer is supplied with 30v AC. A thermostatic switch inside the transformer<br />
protects this circuit.<br />
Secondary supply is 9v AC (for the digital part of the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC) and 14v AC for the supply of the<br />
laser control board. All voltages are rectified and stabilised on the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC.<br />
The power supply for the RS232 level adaptor (MAX232) is isolated from the other circuitry. It belongs<br />
to machine ground.<br />
The CPU and the laser control board are connected to the audio ground. The player is connected<br />
with a serial data link from the S&CC plug ST5 to the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC board running the ’DW-Protokoll-<br />
<strong>CD</strong>’ and from there via optocouplers over the DSA bus (blue cable).<br />
16.2.4 Digital display<br />
The digital display consists of four 7-segments digits multiplex from the S&CC. The 2 LH digits show<br />
the <strong>CD</strong> and the RH digits the title.<br />
Example: <strong>CD</strong> 18, track 01<br />
no. of the <strong>CD</strong><br />
no. of the track<br />
68<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Functional description<br />
16.2.5 Number of plays and cash counter<br />
The S&CC unit acknowledges coin insertion by indicating the number of selectable plays and a series<br />
of relay pulses (relay C). The plays are established depending on the setting of the bonus jumpers<br />
in the row s B1 to B4 on the S&CC. A mechanical counter connected to plug green pin 3<br />
(connects to ground) and +30v registers the coins inserted in basic units. The mechanical counter is<br />
optional.<br />
16.2.6 Selection and <strong>CD</strong> carrier<br />
After a valid selection the S&CC operates the M3 relay, connecting plug blue pin 4 to ground. <strong>CD</strong><br />
carrier latch solenoid M3 pulls in and starts carrier motor KM by microswitch m3. The <strong>CD</strong> carrier<br />
turns to the selected position.<br />
16.2.7 Start / counting process<br />
The <strong>CD</strong> carrier is provided with tooth slots at each <strong>CD</strong> compartment. By means of a light gate in front<br />
of the carrier the exact slot position is controlled. The tooth slots of each compartment are registered<br />
by the S&CC and visible by the flashing Z-LED when the carrier rotates. Just before passing the 01<br />
position the K-LED will flash indicating <strong>CD</strong> 1. Slot 01 is found by passing of a special bracket<br />
mounted underneath the carrier base plate. The teeth (Z-LED) are counted after the K pulse has<br />
been sent.<br />
16.2.8 <strong>CD</strong> transfer<br />
If the desired <strong>CD</strong> has reached the gripper arm position, M3 is de-energized and the <strong>CD</strong> carrier stops.<br />
To transfer the <strong>CD</strong> the S&CC starts the gripper arm motor MM over plug blue pin 2 from relay M. At<br />
the same time a ’Reset’ command is transferred to the <strong>CD</strong> control unit which resets the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC<br />
control board and laser control board. The gripper arm now transfers the <strong>CD</strong> to the player. The relay<br />
M is active for 1.5seconds. During this time the gear motor has turned and K6 (slide contact on the<br />
gear box contact disc) switches the motor into self holding position. After the <strong>CD</strong> is placed onto the<br />
turntable and held by the magnetic clamp arm, K1 opens, ground is disconnected from the gear motor<br />
MM and it stops. K6 is closed.<br />
16.2.9 Mute off<br />
The amplifier is now activated from the open K1 contact by the mute or cancel line grey over plug<br />
mechanism. D1 prevents continuous mute from the S&CC.<br />
16.2.10 Play<br />
During the 6 seconds lasting transfer operation the S&CC sends the selection information to the <strong>CD</strong>-<br />
PRO SC which is carried out by the laser control board. The <strong>CD</strong> starts after approx. 2 seconds. The<br />
audio frequency signal is connected with RCA jacks to the amplifier <strong>CD</strong>-input.<br />
At the end of the track the <strong>CD</strong> control is switched to pause mode. This is transferred over the communication<br />
line to the S&CC which recognises this condition which then causes a stop-title-command.<br />
The <strong>CD</strong> stops.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
16.2.11 Cancel<br />
3 seconds after the start of a play a track can be interrupted with the cancel button.<br />
The S&CC recognises this over plug green/pin 1. Diode 2 in the mechanism chassis prevents restart<br />
of the gripper motor by pulling the input to ground. Otherwise the gripper mechanism would pull the<br />
<strong>CD</strong> from the still spinning player. The control immediately sends a stop command through the ’DW-<br />
Protokoll-<strong>CD</strong>’ to the <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC for stopping the <strong>CD</strong>. A serial acknowledgement informs the S&CC.<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
69
Functional description<br />
16.2.12 <strong>CD</strong> return<br />
The mechanism MM is being activated from the S&CC for 1.5 seconds. The gear box contact disc<br />
brings K6 into self-latching (K1 is closed = ground). When K6 reaches the insulated gap the gripper<br />
motor MM stops. The gripper arm has returned the <strong>CD</strong>. K7 and K8 are closed again. The closed K7<br />
reports over the circuit around M3 (-30v DC over wire grey plug blue/pin 4 (relay M3 open) to T22 in<br />
the S&CC): ’<strong>CD</strong> in carrier’. The closed K8 allows a new <strong>CD</strong> search.<br />
16.2.13 New selection<br />
If another selection has been registered in the S&CC the sequence is repeated from the beginning.<br />
17 Error messages and remedy<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Error<br />
! No operation, lamps and display<br />
are dark.<br />
! No operation, only the display<br />
is dark.<br />
! Coins are badly or not accepted.<br />
! Coins are accepted but no credit<br />
(plays) on display.<br />
! Display is flashing after a selection.<br />
! After a selection the carrier<br />
turns and stops.<br />
! After a selection the carrier<br />
turns constantly.<br />
Possible reason and remedy<br />
! Powerline interrupted.<br />
! Power switch is in OFF position.<br />
! Check main fuse (3.15/6A) at the amplifier.<br />
! Amplifier K99: check fuse F4<br />
! Amplifier F91: check fuses Si 102 and Si 103<br />
! Amplifier I84: check fuse Si5<br />
! Check transformer plug from amplifier to the S&CC<br />
! Jammed coins in the validator.<br />
! Coin acceptor needs to be cleaned.<br />
! Return lever mechanism jammed.<br />
! Check plugs at RH side of the SCC unit.<br />
! Check if the slide switch on the SCC unit is in position service<br />
OFF.<br />
! Not enough money inserted.<br />
! Number of <strong>CD</strong>s in the magazine is programmed incorrectly<br />
(see chapt. 2.3, on page 9)<br />
! Amplifier K99: check fuse F1<br />
! Amplifier F91: check fuse Si 101<br />
! Amplifier I84: check fuse Si6<br />
! Set the switch ‘gripper arm’ on the chassis to ON position.<br />
! Faulty lamp in the carrier light gate.<br />
! Plug ‘Black’ at the SCC unit in reverse position.<br />
! Some <strong>CD</strong>s are not playing. ! <strong>CD</strong>s in the magazine are in reverse position.<br />
! <strong>CD</strong>s need to be cleaned.<br />
! No sound. ! Amplifier K99: turn volume control at the rear side of the<br />
jukebox clockwise. Check fuses F2 and F3<br />
! Amplifier F91: press button ‘+’ at the rear side of the jukebox<br />
! Amplifier I84: turn volume control at the rear side of the<br />
jukebox clockwise. Check fuses Si1 and Si2<br />
! Check the loudspeaker plugs at the amplifier.<br />
! Check the cable from the <strong>CD</strong> player to the amplifier.<br />
! Sound from one channel only. ! K99 amplifier: set the silde switch on the volume remote control<br />
in position stereo<br />
70<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Failures with illumination, display and power system generally<br />
17.1 Failures with illumination, display and power system generally<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! No light, jukebox not<br />
working at all<br />
! Illumination does not<br />
light, but jukebox<br />
works<br />
! Bubble tubes do not<br />
work<br />
! Colour tubes do not<br />
rotate<br />
! Lamp 24v does not<br />
light<br />
! Digital display remains<br />
dark, but jukebox<br />
works<br />
! Digital display shows<br />
nonsense figures, but<br />
jukebox works<br />
! Digital display shows<br />
incomplete figures<br />
(missing segments)<br />
! The fault is the same<br />
with all four digits<br />
! Digital display shows<br />
incomplete figures<br />
(missing segments)<br />
! The fault, however,<br />
occurs with one (or up<br />
to three) of the four digits<br />
only<br />
! One of the digits of<br />
display completely off<br />
! No power at wall socket;<br />
open primary circuit<br />
! Wall socket defective. Main fuse blown<br />
! Mains fuse of the amplifier blown<br />
! Internal break in line cord or plug<br />
! Line switch off or defective<br />
! Defective lamp circuit ! Lamp circuit plug not in light socket at amplifier<br />
! Lamp not properly seated in holder<br />
! Defective starter, defective lamp<br />
! Defective 24v circuit ! Power supply leading from transformer to distribution<br />
interface interrupted<br />
! Fuses on interface (1A/M) defective<br />
! CAUTION! Short circuit in harness of heating<br />
resistors possible<br />
! Signal supply leading<br />
to display interrupted<br />
! Signal lines interchanged<br />
! Signal for one (or<br />
some) segments missing<br />
! Segment signal does<br />
not reach this digit<br />
! Multiplex signal missing<br />
! 14pole D.I.L. plug not set or wrong way round<br />
(correct: flat cable is coming from LH side,<br />
orange below)<br />
! 14pole D.I.L. plug displaced (not in line with<br />
the base)<br />
! Computer defective, e.g. IC7<br />
! One pin (or some) of 14pole plug broken off<br />
! One wire (or some) of flat cable broken<br />
! Broken connection at display PC-board<br />
! Computer defective, e.g. IC7<br />
! Cracked connection on display PC-board<br />
! Defective display unit (4 identical one-digit<br />
units)<br />
! Defective D.I.L. plug or broken wire (A1, A2,<br />
A3, A4)<br />
! Display or computer defective (T23 - T26)<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
71
Faults with the coin system<br />
17.2 Faults with the coin system<br />
The jukebox, however, operates normally with free credit established with the jumper in the<br />
row GP at the S&CC unit (0 - F)<br />
The function of the coin system can be checked by observing the LED M on the computer, which<br />
should light up with every coin accepted. Credits can also be given with the credit button on the interface<br />
of the electronic coin acceptor (ECA). If a mechanical coin acceptor is installed, then with the<br />
credit button next to the coin acceptor.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! Coins rejected ! Disabled coin acceptor<br />
! No power supply<br />
(ECA)<br />
! Single coins give<br />
wrong credits (or none<br />
at all)<br />
! Permanent credit<br />
! Display shows permanently<br />
’1’<br />
! Credit free selections<br />
! Wrong credits, repetitive<br />
or all the time,<br />
with credits higher or<br />
lower than programmed<br />
pricing<br />
! No credit, coins are<br />
properly accepted<br />
! Free play, with GPjumper<br />
0 - F still possible<br />
! No credit although<br />
coins are registered<br />
(LED M lights up)<br />
! Even no free play credit<br />
with GP jumper set<br />
from 0 to F<br />
! Coin actuates the<br />
wrong coin switch<br />
! Coin pulse does not<br />
reach the computer<br />
! ECA defective<br />
! Jumper is set from 0 to<br />
F in row GP (free play)<br />
! Dirt, oil or dust particle in the coin acceptor<br />
! coin acceptor maladjusted<br />
! Reject lever jammed holding the coin acceptor<br />
open<br />
! Coin acceptor or entire jukebox not leveled<br />
! Interruption in harness from S&CC unit over<br />
coin acceptor interface to ECA<br />
! Interface defective<br />
! Coin acceptor not properly positioned, leads<br />
the coin to an improper switch paddle or by<br />
passing it<br />
! One line of the coin switches to computer cable<br />
broken, disconnected at either end or wrongly<br />
set at computer connector<br />
! For ECA: switching transistor at the interface<br />
defective<br />
!<br />
! Programming mistake ! Jumper BR is not set, then reset to bonus level<br />
1 (B1) if bonus level 4 is overstepped<br />
! Unintentional programming in happyHour programming<br />
level<br />
! Programming jumper making poor contact<br />
(Note: modifications in reposition of jumpers<br />
are only effective by switch off or pressing the<br />
LT button)<br />
! All coin input lines dsiabled<br />
! Credit inputs inactive<br />
(LED M does not light<br />
up)<br />
! Checking of single inputs<br />
(1, 2, 4, 5, T1, 10,<br />
20) with a ground connected<br />
test wire<br />
! Computer out of operation<br />
! 30v AC does not reach the computer (from amplifier<br />
to <strong>CD</strong> mechanism to plug red/pin 1 at the<br />
S&CC)<br />
! Computer defective (D7, LED M)<br />
! No 12v power supplied to the computer (pin 2<br />
and 4 plug red)<br />
! Computer defective<br />
72<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Faults by selection entry<br />
! No credit, LED M is lit<br />
permanently<br />
! Permanent contact to<br />
ground of one or more<br />
coin inputs<br />
! Ground connection of several coin input leads<br />
(check by disconnecting the leads at the S&CC<br />
coin inputs)<br />
! Defective transistor at the ECA interface (if<br />
existing)<br />
! Partially defective transistor may cause free<br />
credit<br />
! Function check with ground connections to several<br />
coin inputs of the S&CC<br />
17.3 Faults by selection entry<br />
(Credit system does work)<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! No selections<br />
! Selection is displayed<br />
flashingly<br />
! No selections<br />
! Numbers of actuated<br />
keys not displayed<br />
(only credit is shown)<br />
! No selections<br />
! In standby the LH digit<br />
of display shows a<br />
number, but selection<br />
keys are disabled<br />
! With insertion of<br />
further coins the new<br />
credit is displayed properly<br />
! No response from one<br />
key<br />
! The <strong>CD</strong> played is not<br />
the one selected<br />
! The selection was<br />
properly displayed<br />
! After power on one<br />
track or more are<br />
played without selection<br />
! Selection is not accepted<br />
! Open circuits in the<br />
keyboard wiring<br />
! Permanent selection<br />
signal from that key<br />
which the number is<br />
displayed<br />
! Open circuit with this<br />
key<br />
! Improper counting of<br />
<strong>CD</strong> carrier position<br />
! There are selections<br />
left in the memory<br />
! No credit available (CAUTION! After free play<br />
setting LT button has to be pressed)<br />
! The entered selection is higher than the programmed<br />
number of <strong>CD</strong>s<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is programmed for BGM only<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is disabled<br />
! Plug yellow displaced or not inserted deep<br />
enough<br />
! Key Reset permanently closed or shorted to<br />
ground (pole 12, brown, plug yellow)<br />
! Computer defective<br />
! Jammed key, permanently closed key contact<br />
! Wire of this contact is shorted to ground<br />
! Computer defective (C60 - C70, D44 - D66<br />
possibility of ground shorting, IC8, IC9)<br />
! Check with digital multimeter: plug yellow pin2<br />
to 12 approx. 5v DC<br />
! Function check with test wire to ground<br />
! Malfunction of key contact<br />
! Insufficient key travel<br />
! Broken wire on this key<br />
! Plug yellow not seated good enough<br />
! Computer defective with an affected input circuit<br />
(R65 to 86, D45 to 65, IC8, IC9)<br />
! Wrong adjustment of light control gates<br />
! Illumination light affecting Z light gate, reflections<br />
at the adges of carrier base plate<br />
! Record carrier latch delayed by mechanical<br />
friction or too wide opening (latching too late)<br />
! Light control gate retarded<br />
! Credit and selection reset after power off not<br />
used<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
73
Faults by selection entry<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
! The <strong>CD</strong> played is the<br />
one selected, however,<br />
not the selected<br />
track<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is<br />
not played<br />
! The <strong>CD</strong> carrier is rotating<br />
permanently<br />
! Digital display shows<br />
the selection correctly,<br />
but after this the jukebox<br />
does not operate<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is<br />
placed onto the turntable,<br />
but will not be<br />
played<br />
! The digit on the <strong>CD</strong><br />
control does not light<br />
! After approx. 50 seconds<br />
<strong>CD</strong> will be returned<br />
to carrier<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is<br />
placed onto the turntable,<br />
but will not be<br />
played<br />
! The digit on the <strong>CD</strong><br />
control shows ’0’<br />
! After approx. 50 seconds<br />
<strong>CD</strong> will be returned<br />
to carrier<br />
! The selected <strong>CD</strong> is<br />
placed onto the turntable,<br />
but will not be<br />
played, but after approx.<br />
50 seconds <strong>CD</strong><br />
will be returned to carrier<br />
! Selection does not correspond<br />
to the label<br />
! Laser control board<br />
defective<br />
! Counting pulse Z or<br />
sensing pulse K missing<br />
! The S&CC gets the<br />
impression that a <strong>CD</strong><br />
is still playing<br />
! The selected track number is higher then the<br />
number of tracks on <strong>CD</strong>.<br />
! After reaching the highest track number, the laser<br />
control board starts to count from the beginning<br />
again<br />
! lamp of light agte dark<br />
! Break in harness to plug BLACK<br />
! S&CC defective (IC10, C75 - C78, D92, D94)<br />
! Caused by a defective or maladjusted K7<br />
switch the voltage 30v DC at pin 4 plug GREY<br />
is missing<br />
! This voltage usually indicates the replacing of<br />
a <strong>CD</strong> in carrier after playing<br />
! If this circuit is interrupted the status of S&CC<br />
is the same as <strong>CD</strong> is playing, so it is not able<br />
to start the carrier for a new search<br />
! S&CC defective (T22)<br />
! (Program version 3.09 does not take back a<br />
<strong>CD</strong> after a fault occurs)<br />
! 30v AC supply for <strong>CD</strong> ! Fuse blown<br />
control and player missing<br />
from there to <strong>CD</strong> controller<br />
! Interrupts in lines from amplifier to S&CC or<br />
! Sub transformer switched off by its thermostatic<br />
switch<br />
! Sub transformer defective<br />
! Voltage control ICs on <strong>CD</strong>-PRO SC faulty<br />
! Communication between<br />
S&CC P5 and<br />
<strong>CD</strong> control interrupted<br />
! Failure between DW-<br />
<strong>CD</strong> control and laser<br />
control board or laser<br />
control board and<br />
player<br />
! Data leads between S&CC and <strong>CD</strong> controller<br />
interrupted<br />
! (In this case operation is possible in mode 0<br />
button T2, stop with T3)<br />
! Leads not deep enough inserted between<br />
player, laser control board or DW-<strong>CD</strong> control<br />
! Player or laser control board defective<br />
74<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Repetitive apply of selected or non-selected <strong>CD</strong>s to turntable<br />
17.4 Repetitive apply of selected or non-selected <strong>CD</strong>s to turntable<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! Permanent gripper<br />
arm movement (with<br />
or without <strong>CD</strong>) with<br />
the <strong>CD</strong> carrier not turning<br />
in between<br />
! This continues even if<br />
plug BLUE is disconnected<br />
at the S&CC<br />
! Permanently gripper<br />
arm movement<br />
! Discontinued after<br />
plug BLUE is pulled<br />
off at the S&CC<br />
! Main cam motor MM<br />
not stopping at the end<br />
of the play cycle<br />
! Computer running out<br />
of program<br />
! Wiper switch K6 maladjusted<br />
! Computer out of program routine (cut power to<br />
S&CC for a second to initiate a restart of program)<br />
! Computer defective (relay 2, T2 or T22)<br />
! Microswitch K7 or carrier latch solenoid M3 defective<br />
17.5 Failures in the system carrier - gripper arm<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! Record carrier permanently<br />
rotating, even<br />
after plug BLUE is<br />
pulled off<br />
! If a selection is made<br />
the gripper arm randomly<br />
takes a <strong>CD</strong><br />
onto the turntable<br />
! Record carrier permanently<br />
rotating<br />
! Sometimes the gripper<br />
arm randomly<br />
takes a <strong>CD</strong> onto the<br />
turntable, but the <strong>CD</strong><br />
will not be played<br />
! Also by pressing LT<br />
button the gripper arm<br />
takes a <strong>CD</strong> onto the<br />
turntable, the <strong>CD</strong> will<br />
not be played<br />
! After power off for a<br />
short time a flashing 8<br />
will appear in addition<br />
on the display<br />
! Carrier latch permanently<br />
open<br />
! Carrier latch solenoid<br />
permanently switched<br />
on<br />
! Carrier latch or its solenoid jammed<br />
! Grey line from M3 to pole 4 of plug BLUE shorted<br />
to ground<br />
! S&CC defective (relay 4 sticks, T4 defective)<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
75
Failures in the system carrier - gripper arm<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
! Carrier does not start<br />
after a properly completed<br />
selection<br />
! Carrier latch does not<br />
open<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> carrier does not<br />
rotate although the<br />
carrier latch opens after<br />
a selection<br />
! Gripper arm does not<br />
move to take the <strong>CD</strong><br />
out of the carrier although<br />
the selected<br />
<strong>CD</strong> was properly<br />
brought forward<br />
! After approx. 1 second<br />
relay M drops<br />
out<br />
! The jukebox does not<br />
work and takes no<br />
notice of any input<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> on turntable returned<br />
to carrier before<br />
play has started<br />
! Circuit of the carrier<br />
latch solenoid not<br />
completed<br />
! Carrier motor KM<br />
disabled<br />
! Main cam motor MM<br />
does not work<br />
! Main cam motor not<br />
resting when system in<br />
play position<br />
! DC supplay -30v missing<br />
! Coil of latch solenoid open<br />
! Grey line from M3 to pole 4 or green line to<br />
pole 1 (relay common), plug BLUE interrupted<br />
! Computer defective (go to service program to<br />
check relay 4 (M3)<br />
! Test only successful if -30v DC voltage across<br />
the M3 coil reached pin 4 X4 of the S&CC<br />
(plug BLUE)<br />
! Test the machine with a programming jumper<br />
from pin 1 green to pin 4 grey<br />
! Microswitch M3 (at carrier latch) maladjusted<br />
or defective<br />
! Microswitch K8 (at gripper arm) maladjusted or<br />
gripper arm not fully in rest position<br />
! Defective motor KM<br />
! Broken wiring<br />
! Motor MM defective<br />
! Pre resistor R15 interrupted<br />
! DC 30v supply missing<br />
! Blue wire to motor broken<br />
! Shortage in capacitor C5 or in motor itself<br />
(then R15 hot)<br />
! Test: connect plug BLUE (green) with pin 2<br />
(blue) with jumper wire of S&CC, if motor is<br />
moving then S&CC is defective (relay 2, T2)<br />
! Test also with service program<br />
! Wiper switch K1 does not open<br />
! Cancel button at amplifier jammed in ’cancel’<br />
position, same with cancel button of the remote<br />
control<br />
! Shorted remote control cable<br />
! Retarding resistor R10 at motor MM open<br />
76<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
Failures with sound reproduction<br />
17.6 Failures with sound reproduction<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! Clicks and banging<br />
noises during <strong>CD</strong><br />
playing<br />
! Jump over of traces<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> moves but no<br />
sound<br />
! Hum in sound reproduction<br />
! Reading of <strong>CD</strong> data<br />
disturbed<br />
! Faults in the system of<br />
<strong>CD</strong> controller - amplifier<br />
- speaker<br />
! Ground loop<br />
! Amplifier or <strong>CD</strong> controller<br />
defective<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> defective (error correction for insignificant<br />
defects only)<br />
! Dirty optic caused by nicotine and/or dust particle<br />
! Maladjusted optic assembly<br />
! Faults in <strong>CD</strong> player or laser control board<br />
! Audio frequency cable at <strong>CD</strong> controller or amplifier<br />
(chinch socket) not inserted<br />
! Audio cable is inserted in the Phono input of<br />
amplifier, not in <strong>CD</strong> input<br />
! Speaker fuses blown<br />
! Wire grey (pin 8) amplifier to mechanic shorted<br />
to ground<br />
! Amplifier defective<br />
! Laser control board defective<br />
! Gripper arm touches the chassis of the player<br />
in play position<br />
! Other connections between player ground and<br />
chassis ground<br />
! Ground loop out of the jukebox caused by additional<br />
equipment<br />
! Amplifier or <strong>CD</strong> controller defective<br />
17.7 <strong>CD</strong> not properly returned to carrier<br />
Symptom Cause Possible faults<br />
! Gripper arm does not<br />
move to return the <strong>CD</strong><br />
into the carrier<br />
! Returned <strong>CD</strong> not properly<br />
unclamped (not<br />
freed) in the carrier<br />
! <strong>CD</strong> missing in compartment<br />
is found in<br />
other compartment or<br />
somewhere about the<br />
chassis<br />
! Main cam motor does<br />
not start<br />
! Main cam motor switched<br />
off too early<br />
! Gripper arm generally<br />
moving too fast (time<br />
for one complete cam<br />
rotation is 11 to 13 seconds)<br />
! Error at motor MM could have developed while<br />
a <strong>CD</strong> was playing<br />
! Wiper switch K6 wrongly adjusted<br />
! Disadjustment of gripper arm<br />
! Gripper arm sticks to the centering disc (<strong>CD</strong><br />
holder arm)<br />
! Wrong adjustment of puck arm height<br />
! Cam motor too fast<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
77
Microfone kit (part no. 0006953)<br />
18 Accessories<br />
18.1 Microfone kit (part no. 0006953)<br />
This unit enables the use of the jukebox as a paging<br />
system, when playing as well as during idling periods.<br />
If the paging microphone is switched on while the<br />
jukebox is playing, the music will be muted for this period.<br />
This kit is to be connected at the microphone<br />
socket of the amplifier. The length of the cable between<br />
mike pre-amp and the jukebox is approx. 45 ft /<br />
15 m.<br />
FIELD SERVICE MANUAL<br />
18.2 BGM-Connector<br />
This equipment offers two features:<br />
1. The sound of an external source (300mV - 1V),<br />
e.g. radio or tape, will be reproduced over the<br />
speakers of the jukebox with adjustable volume.<br />
A selection over the jukebox will mute this source,<br />
and it returns only after all selections have been<br />
played. (Time-lag can be adjusted).<br />
2. Connecting the jukebox to an existing background<br />
system (amplifier), the sound of this<br />
equipment is switched off as long as the jukebox<br />
is playing. The hook-up for this adapter is the<br />
same as the microphone.<br />
L<br />
Ext.<br />
Ampl<br />
R<br />
R<br />
Ext.<br />
Tape<br />
L<br />
Extern.<br />
Amplif.<br />
0048133<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Player<br />
Ext.<br />
Tape<br />
F91<br />
Amplif.<br />
R<br />
F91 Amp.<br />
Aux.<br />
L<br />
L<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
Player<br />
R<br />
BGM connector kit part no.:<br />
Amplifier K99 and F91: 0048130<br />
Amplifier I84: 0035579<br />
+7,5V<br />
-7,5V<br />
F91<br />
Ampl.<br />
Micro<br />
Time<br />
Music/BGM<br />
Connector<br />
78<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
S1<br />
18/20 W<br />
S1<br />
18/20 W<br />
S1<br />
19 Wiring and connection diagrams<br />
NOTE: Upon request you can also have wiring and connection diagrams in DIN A3 size. Therefore please<br />
contact the service department of Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH. We will send them to you either by mail or<br />
e-mail (.pdf format).<br />
19.1 Wiring diagram door - illumination<br />
15W<br />
15 W<br />
S<br />
Bl<br />
Br<br />
15 W<br />
S1<br />
Bl<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
Br<br />
Bl<br />
Bl<br />
Br<br />
S = Starter für Einzelschaltung<br />
S1 = Starter für Serienschaltung<br />
S = Starter for single lamp<br />
S1 = Starter for 2 lamps series-connected<br />
Klemmenleiste<br />
Terminal block<br />
1 2 3 4<br />
Vorschalt-<br />
Gerät 220 V<br />
50 oder 60 Hz<br />
Ballast 220 V<br />
50 oder 60 Hz<br />
30<br />
W<br />
Sw<br />
Bl<br />
40<br />
W<br />
Bl<br />
Sw<br />
15<br />
W<br />
Br<br />
N<br />
Pe<br />
L<br />
Schaltplan Tür - Beleuchtung<br />
Wiring diagram door - illumination<br />
4501-rs<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
79
t<br />
M<br />
M<br />
rt<br />
rt<br />
rt<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
E<br />
-<br />
I<br />
rt<br />
3<br />
2 5<br />
1 4<br />
rt<br />
C OMPON <strong>ONE</strong> ENT<br />
COMP<strong>ONE</strong>NT<br />
COMP<strong>ONE</strong>NT<br />
COMPO NENT<br />
NT<br />
6<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
2<br />
1<br />
S<br />
1<br />
2<br />
S<br />
F<br />
I<br />
S<br />
20T<br />
rt<br />
rt<br />
e<br />
d<br />
c<br />
b<br />
a<br />
g<br />
f<br />
0<br />
rt<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
f<br />
19.2 Connection diagram OMT <strong>CD</strong><br />
24V lamp glass at bottom<br />
4702HEL-rs<br />
24V Lampe Scheibe unten<br />
bl<br />
vi<br />
gr<br />
gn<br />
One More Time connection diagram with<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO player and amplifier K99<br />
ge<br />
or<br />
24V lamp glass star<br />
sw<br />
Z<br />
sw<br />
2<br />
1<br />
24V Lampe Zierschild Stern<br />
gr<br />
K8<br />
br<br />
MM<br />
Anschlussplan One More Time mit<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO Spieler und Verstärker K99<br />
1<br />
K1<br />
m3 Schalter am<br />
rastmagnet<br />
Switch arm M3<br />
latch solenoid<br />
rt<br />
K<br />
M3<br />
ge<br />
2 br<br />
La<br />
D9<br />
Gear switch<br />
Heater for Bubble Tubes<br />
rt<br />
K6<br />
m3<br />
Heizwiderstände für<br />
Bubble Tubes<br />
or<br />
ws<br />
1<br />
bl<br />
K7<br />
ws<br />
RS<br />
ws<br />
3 ge<br />
2<br />
gn<br />
right<br />
ge<br />
ge<br />
rechts<br />
links / left<br />
5<br />
6<br />
rechts<br />
right<br />
bl gr vi<br />
vi<br />
2x 1N4001<br />
or<br />
1<br />
br<br />
left<br />
3 or<br />
2<br />
links<br />
sw<br />
Option<br />
counter<br />
KM<br />
K1 Spielschalter<br />
Play switch<br />
MM Getriebemotor<br />
Gear motor<br />
KM Korbmotor<br />
Carrier motor<br />
RS Reparaturschalter<br />
K8 Greifarm-Endschalter<br />
Gripper arm trip switch<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
gn<br />
1<br />
Motore für<br />
Farbröhren<br />
Chassis<br />
gr<br />
K7 Trennschalter am Getriebe<br />
M3/K2 insol. switch (gear box)<br />
1 2 3<br />
4<br />
sw ws<br />
Motors for<br />
color tubes<br />
Chassis<br />
compl.<br />
<strong>CD</strong>100 -<br />
0046890<br />
<strong>CD</strong> 50 -<br />
0046888<br />
VDR<br />
K Fototransistor "Kennung" 01<br />
Photo transistor sensing "01"<br />
Z Fototransistor "Zählung"<br />
Photo transistor, counting gate<br />
K6 Selbsthalteschalter für MM<br />
Transfer switch for motor MM<br />
T<br />
Z-Imp<br />
T<br />
T<br />
K-Imp<br />
~30 V<br />
+12 V<br />
SCC<br />
+12 V<br />
Mech.<br />
+30 V<br />
-30 V<br />
Lösch<br />
T<br />
T<br />
br<br />
T<br />
MM<br />
M6<br />
M3<br />
~30 V<br />
+12 V<br />
T<br />
+12 V<br />
Lösch<br />
Zähler<br />
M3 Magnet der Korbraste<br />
Carrier latch solenoid<br />
0060571<br />
24V~Verteiler<br />
24V~Distributor<br />
0059920<br />
1 2 3 4 5<br />
1 2 3 4<br />
1 2 3 4 6 7 8<br />
1 2 3 4 5 9<br />
1<br />
2<br />
sw sw<br />
br rt or<br />
gn bl vi gr<br />
br rt or ge<br />
br rt or ge gn bl vi gr<br />
sw ws<br />
0046910 0029965<br />
12<br />
sw<br />
ws<br />
Tiefton-<br />
Lautsprecher<br />
Bass Speaker<br />
0011784<br />
bl<br />
vi<br />
gr<br />
gn<br />
frei<br />
frei<br />
links<br />
rechts<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
or<br />
30 V~<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6<br />
gn or rt br<br />
11 10 9 8 7<br />
gn ge<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
gnge<br />
or<br />
br<br />
J<br />
2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1<br />
0V<br />
LASEROFF<br />
GNDB<br />
~14 V<br />
0V<br />
~9V<br />
GNDA<br />
GND<br />
CTR<br />
DTR<br />
TxD<br />
br<br />
0032959<br />
Zwischentransformator<br />
Sub transformer<br />
0046912<br />
COMM<br />
blue<br />
Ansteuerung<br />
Blätterwerk<br />
Unit title<br />
holder book<br />
0032957<br />
0050819<br />
frei<br />
ge<br />
Mot.<br />
M<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
or<br />
Mot.<br />
GND<br />
Schalt.<br />
Blätterwerk<br />
Page System<br />
50x - 0047914<br />
60x - 0047913<br />
0050796<br />
-<br />
0061195<br />
-<br />
POWER<br />
AUDIO_IN<br />
red<br />
MIN<br />
MAX<br />
C 2<br />
XTERN<br />
HANNEL<br />
IR-Decoder<br />
br 1 +30 V<br />
rt 2 GND<br />
or 3 ~30 V<br />
green<br />
-<br />
MUTE<br />
CANCEL<br />
Netztrafo<br />
Main transformer<br />
0058407<br />
Continuousplay-<br />
Schalter<br />
Continuous Play<br />
Switch<br />
0034410<br />
off<br />
MIN<br />
MAX<br />
C 1<br />
NTERN<br />
HANNEL<br />
on<br />
USA-UL-transformer<br />
43910<br />
VDE-Trafo<br />
39402<br />
0058407<br />
Play<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M12-SC<br />
0047042<br />
0034229<br />
11,5V ~<br />
ws<br />
ws<br />
sw GND<br />
30V ~<br />
26V ~<br />
11,5V ~<br />
Continuous<br />
ge 6<br />
26V ~<br />
Schalt<br />
n.b.<br />
n.b.<br />
n.b.<br />
n.b.<br />
n.b.<br />
GND<br />
n.b.<br />
N<br />
T<br />
ETZTRAFO<br />
RANSFORMER<br />
D A<br />
R C<br />
ECKEL BNEHMEN<br />
EMOVE OVER<br />
vi<br />
bl<br />
gn<br />
ge<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
1P09<br />
7 6 5 4 3 2<br />
1<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br />
br rt or ge gn bl vi gr<br />
grün<br />
sw<br />
rt<br />
2<br />
1<br />
26VAC<br />
GND<br />
B -T<br />
UBBLE UBES<br />
4 6<br />
F<br />
R C<br />
ERNREGLER<br />
EMOTE- ONTROL<br />
E<br />
E<br />
0036170<br />
RWEITERUNG<br />
XTENSION<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-T<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-T<br />
RAFO<br />
RANSFORMER<br />
1 3<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
F3<br />
F4<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
1<br />
bl<br />
vi<br />
gr<br />
I L<br />
I S<br />
NTERNER AUTSPRECHER<br />
NTERNAL PEAKER<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
M3 M6 M C<br />
0040264<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
RI<br />
RI<br />
RI<br />
gn<br />
1<br />
sw<br />
1<br />
ge<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M 4i/<strong>CD</strong>M 12<br />
TEREO<br />
ge<br />
2-K / 2-C<br />
ANAL HANNEL<br />
R<br />
L<br />
EXTERNER<br />
LAUTSPRECHER<br />
EXTERNAL<br />
SPEAKER<br />
8W/80W<br />
30V~<br />
AC<br />
26V~<br />
AC<br />
26V~<br />
AC<br />
12V=<br />
DC<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
or<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
blau/blue rot/red<br />
grün/green<br />
ws<br />
gn<br />
3<br />
2<br />
Selection &<br />
Credit Computer<br />
P8<br />
vi<br />
bl<br />
7<br />
6<br />
1<br />
0044029<br />
gr<br />
9<br />
8<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
MUTE*<br />
INFRAROT-REGLER<br />
RS 232<br />
GND<br />
INFRARED-REMOTE<br />
BGM<br />
CANCEL*<br />
AUSGANG<br />
OUTPUT<br />
MIKROFON<br />
VOL2<br />
L R MICROPH<strong>ONE</strong><br />
VOL1<br />
5V<br />
4 3 2 1<br />
ge or rt br<br />
blau<br />
rot<br />
ws<br />
3 26VAC*<br />
1P03<br />
A /O<br />
US FF<br />
BGM<br />
E /O<br />
IN N<br />
<strong>CD</strong> INPUT TAPE<br />
STEREO 2-K ANAL /2C HANNEL<br />
A /O<br />
US FF<br />
E /O<br />
IN N<br />
HIGH LOW<br />
A VC<br />
A VC<br />
MODE<br />
5P04<br />
BGM<br />
35V+<br />
INP.2<br />
35V+<br />
NORMAL<br />
SEPARATE<br />
VOLUME<br />
AUTO<br />
MUTE<br />
RS232<br />
AUS/OFF<br />
SERVICE<br />
PARALLEL<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-PRO 0069313<br />
ok.<br />
S /S<br />
CHALTER WITCHES<br />
MICRO<br />
BGM<br />
4,7<br />
AVC<br />
RS232<br />
T4A<br />
100-240 V<br />
50Hz/60Hz<br />
117 V<br />
60Hz<br />
3,0 AMP<br />
250 V AC<br />
SLOW BLOW<br />
TAPE<br />
MUTE<br />
+35 V<br />
bl<br />
gn<br />
1<br />
P5<br />
ICHERUNG<br />
USE<br />
F1-F4<br />
EINGANG<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
INPUT<br />
<strong>CD</strong><br />
L R<br />
ge<br />
rt<br />
or<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
gn<br />
A /D<br />
NZEIGE ISPLAY<br />
GND<br />
ge<br />
<strong>CD</strong>-Abspieleinheit kompl.<br />
<strong>CD</strong> player + controller compl.<br />
0046512<br />
vi<br />
Data LcOut<br />
gr<br />
12<br />
11<br />
10<br />
LI<br />
LI<br />
LI<br />
RecPl<br />
braun/brown<br />
weiß/white<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
A<br />
B<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
or<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
1P09<br />
OPTION<br />
OPTION<br />
1<br />
TO REDUCE THE RISK<br />
OF FIRE REPLACE ONLY<br />
WITH SAME TYPE AND<br />
RATING FUSE<br />
Bass Treble BGM<br />
C 1<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
~30 V<br />
ntern<br />
hannel<br />
E<br />
C<br />
xtern<br />
hannel 2<br />
BGM<br />
br<br />
1<br />
CAUTION<br />
TEREO<br />
M<br />
ONO<br />
MECHANIK<br />
MECHANISM<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
+12 V<br />
Verstärker K 99 0056041<br />
Amplifier K 99 C-UL 0058484<br />
EXTRA<br />
EINGANG<br />
300mV<br />
EXTRA<br />
INPUT<br />
300mV<br />
L R<br />
br<br />
12<br />
sw<br />
1<br />
T<br />
P6<br />
SCC<br />
rt<br />
11<br />
br<br />
ge<br />
+12 V<br />
or<br />
10<br />
sw<br />
ge<br />
gn<br />
bl<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
gelb/yellow<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
schwarz/black<br />
vi<br />
GP+6<br />
GP BS B4 B3 B2 B1<br />
+B<br />
Mittelton-<br />
Lautsprecher<br />
Mid range<br />
0012942<br />
14 or<br />
rt<br />
1<br />
gr<br />
vi<br />
ws<br />
sw<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
ws<br />
br<br />
sw<br />
vi<br />
bl<br />
gr<br />
gn<br />
ge<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
BR<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
T1<br />
10<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
0001259<br />
T<br />
gn<br />
Mech.<br />
gn<br />
gr<br />
vi<br />
bl<br />
7<br />
6<br />
9<br />
8<br />
Cancel<br />
Cancel<br />
-35 V<br />
+35 V<br />
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1<br />
br rt or ge gn<br />
bl<br />
vi<br />
gr<br />
ws<br />
sw<br />
gr<br />
*NC**<br />
*NC**<br />
M5<br />
M4<br />
M3<br />
M2<br />
GND<br />
*NC**<br />
+30 V<br />
T1<br />
M6<br />
M1<br />
G13<br />
1P09<br />
0066887<br />
4,7 - 0047362<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
1<br />
8<br />
9<br />
or<br />
br<br />
0040441<br />
sw<br />
7<br />
6<br />
f<br />
Hochton-<br />
Lautsprecher<br />
Tweeter<br />
0012941<br />
Continuous Play<br />
0036164<br />
NRI<br />
G13/G40<br />
IR-Empfänger<br />
IR-Receiver<br />
0066914<br />
0004117<br />
< ><br />
R<br />
rt TasteR<br />
12<br />
or<br />
bn<br />
ws<br />
vi<br />
gn<br />
or<br />
bn<br />
sw<br />
ge<br />
bl<br />
gr<br />
sw<br />
0060039<br />
br Taste9<br />
11<br />
14<br />
13<br />
12<br />
11 10<br />
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />
IR-Decoder<br />
P5<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
br<br />
rt<br />
or<br />
9<br />
0<br />
sw Taste8<br />
10<br />
A3 A2<br />
A1 A4<br />
DP<br />
ws Taste7<br />
sw<br />
0044117<br />
ws<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4 GND<br />
GND<br />
7<br />
8<br />
vi Taste5<br />
gr Taste6<br />
vi<br />
gr<br />
<<br />
><br />
bl Taste4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
gn Taste3<br />
ge Taste2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
or Taste1<br />
Tastatur<br />
Keyboard<br />
rt Taste0<br />
1<br />
2<br />
br GND<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
d<br />
DP<br />
2<br />
EMP-Interface<br />
Interface for electronical<br />
coin validator<br />
0065546<br />
G40<br />
CANCEL MUTE<br />
- +<br />
INTERN<br />
CHANNEL 1<br />
EXTERN<br />
CHANNEL 2<br />
P2<br />
- +<br />
VOLUME<br />
P3<br />
POWER<br />
P4<br />
e<br />
c<br />
1<br />
4<br />
7 8 9<br />
P10<br />
4 5 6 RESET<br />
sw<br />
ws<br />
gr<br />
1 2 3<br />
OPTION<br />
vi<br />
bl<br />
gn<br />
ge<br />
or<br />
rt<br />
br<br />
GND<br />
+5V<br />
g<br />
Elektronischer Münzprüfer<br />
Elektronical coin validator<br />
SELECTION<br />
No.: 0059745<br />
10<br />
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />
1<br />
2 gr<br />
3 sw<br />
sw<br />
b<br />
9 6<br />
10<br />
RCS-K<br />
Mute<br />
Cancel<br />
+<br />
_<br />
Mode<br />
Preset<br />
GND<br />
ws<br />
br<br />
SIG<br />
Q2<br />
Q1<br />
+12V<br />
A4 A1 A2 A3<br />
a<br />
7<br />
Digitalanzeige<br />
Digital Display<br />
0042077<br />
0059745<br />
0045350<br />
80<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
6<br />
4<br />
4<br />
12<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
C55<br />
C59<br />
C40<br />
C39<br />
C43<br />
C42<br />
C41<br />
C74<br />
C76<br />
C70<br />
C69<br />
C68<br />
C67<br />
C66<br />
C65<br />
C64<br />
C63<br />
C62<br />
C61<br />
C60<br />
C37<br />
C38<br />
C44<br />
C45<br />
C46<br />
C35<br />
C36<br />
C75<br />
C77<br />
C54<br />
C100<br />
C101<br />
C104<br />
C6<br />
C3<br />
C5<br />
C2<br />
C4<br />
D4<br />
C1<br />
C73<br />
C34<br />
C72<br />
C32<br />
C33<br />
C30<br />
C31<br />
C58<br />
C57<br />
C56<br />
D74<br />
RS3<br />
D104<br />
D70<br />
D71<br />
D72<br />
D73<br />
R77<br />
R75<br />
R73<br />
R71<br />
R69<br />
R67<br />
R65<br />
R60<br />
R61<br />
R57<br />
RS6<br />
D7<br />
T4 T3 T2 T1<br />
C C C C<br />
D12<br />
R96<br />
IC8<br />
D91<br />
-<br />
R97<br />
R99<br />
R107<br />
R105<br />
RS1<br />
D92<br />
C78<br />
R100 R102<br />
D11<br />
R93<br />
R106<br />
C12<br />
R104 R94<br />
R101<br />
ZD2<br />
R103 R92<br />
R91<br />
IC11<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4093 <strong>CD</strong>4011<br />
C71<br />
D89<br />
R89<br />
R95<br />
R98<br />
LED-Z<br />
-<br />
BRUECKE<br />
D6<br />
IC5<br />
R88<br />
BR1<br />
C11<br />
D67<br />
D66<br />
R87<br />
R40<br />
C13<br />
IC21<br />
C<br />
T16<br />
A2<br />
16L8<br />
RB4<br />
IC22<br />
RB3<br />
RTC72421<br />
A1<br />
A3<br />
CBB1<br />
IC23<br />
74LS373<br />
B1<br />
C14<br />
CQ1<br />
+<br />
+ 1/2 AA<br />
IC2<br />
IC3<br />
IC4<br />
LED-M<br />
IC27<br />
IC20<br />
R02<br />
R09<br />
RR3<br />
CR<br />
RP5<br />
RP2<br />
RR1<br />
RR4<br />
D106<br />
D22<br />
D21<br />
D20<br />
D18<br />
D15<br />
RR5<br />
IC14<br />
RP4<br />
RP3<br />
R03<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D25<br />
D24<br />
D23<br />
D19<br />
D17<br />
D14<br />
D16<br />
PTC<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
C23<br />
C26<br />
C22<br />
C25<br />
C21<br />
C24<br />
C20<br />
C27<br />
R04<br />
R05<br />
R07<br />
R06<br />
CB1<br />
CB2<br />
CB4<br />
CB3<br />
CB5<br />
CB6<br />
CB8<br />
CB7<br />
C15<br />
C29<br />
C28<br />
C16<br />
C90<br />
C93<br />
C91<br />
C94<br />
C92<br />
C95<br />
RP1<br />
RP6<br />
RR2<br />
D107<br />
D109<br />
D108<br />
RR6<br />
9<br />
1<br />
C201<br />
3<br />
1<br />
19.3 Board layout Selection & Credit Computer<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
X4<br />
X5 X6 X7<br />
1<br />
X4<br />
X8<br />
X9<br />
X10<br />
ANZEIGE<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
T26<br />
C<br />
T24<br />
RELAIS M3<br />
RELAIS M6<br />
RELAIS M<br />
RELAIS C<br />
REL4 REL4 REL4 REL4<br />
+<br />
+<br />
D10 D13<br />
R8<br />
R7<br />
R6<br />
R5<br />
T27 C<br />
T30 C<br />
+<br />
R90<br />
R34<br />
T10<br />
C<br />
R58<br />
R35<br />
T11<br />
C<br />
R31<br />
R36<br />
T12<br />
C<br />
D75<br />
R37<br />
T13<br />
C<br />
R33<br />
R38<br />
T14<br />
C<br />
R39<br />
R32<br />
T15<br />
C<br />
D102<br />
C53<br />
+<br />
R55<br />
R63<br />
T22<br />
C<br />
D101<br />
D100<br />
7445<br />
D103<br />
RS2<br />
R10<br />
C<br />
T23<br />
C<br />
T25<br />
C<br />
IC10<br />
RS4<br />
R59<br />
R62<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4512 <strong>CD</strong>4512<br />
7447A<br />
IC8 IC9<br />
D94<br />
D93<br />
D65<br />
D63<br />
D61<br />
D59<br />
D57<br />
D55<br />
D53<br />
D51<br />
IC7<br />
+<br />
D49<br />
D47<br />
D45<br />
D79<br />
C102<br />
SCHALTER<br />
SERVICE<br />
LED-K<br />
R86<br />
R84<br />
R82<br />
R80<br />
R78<br />
R76<br />
R74<br />
R72<br />
R70<br />
R68<br />
R66<br />
S2<br />
+<br />
T21<br />
T20<br />
C<br />
R79<br />
R81<br />
R83<br />
R85<br />
D64<br />
D62<br />
D60<br />
D58<br />
D56<br />
D54<br />
D52<br />
D50<br />
D48<br />
D46<br />
D44<br />
C10<br />
IC1<br />
C9<br />
DZ1<br />
D5<br />
C8 C7<br />
R11<br />
R12<br />
T5<br />
C<br />
CN1<br />
+<br />
CR1<br />
C T17<br />
DS1<br />
RB1<br />
D8<br />
D9<br />
R3<br />
R2<br />
1<br />
R1<br />
RS9A<br />
IC19<br />
IC25<br />
+<br />
+<br />
1<br />
RS9A<br />
1<br />
IC6<br />
6821 PIO<br />
27512 EPROM<br />
43256 RAM<br />
IC29<br />
CQ2<br />
+<br />
CBB2<br />
RB2<br />
Q1<br />
D77<br />
D34<br />
D26<br />
D87<br />
D80<br />
D81<br />
1 1 1 1 1 1 1<br />
D85<br />
D86<br />
D76<br />
D30<br />
D83<br />
D84<br />
D27<br />
D88<br />
D28<br />
C<br />
D32<br />
D29<br />
D31<br />
7 7 7 7 7 7 7<br />
D82<br />
D90<br />
BO7<br />
BO6<br />
BO5<br />
BO4<br />
BO3<br />
BO2<br />
D33<br />
BO1<br />
R53 R54 R55<br />
6803 CPU<br />
+<br />
-<br />
4N28<br />
4N28<br />
4N28<br />
R50 R51 R52<br />
IC15<br />
R30<br />
MAX232<br />
HC00<br />
S1<br />
T28 C<br />
C200<br />
X2<br />
X1<br />
8<br />
1<br />
5<br />
ST3 ST1 ST2<br />
1<br />
6<br />
1<br />
Bestückungsplan<br />
Board layout<br />
Selection & Credit Computer<br />
4501-rs<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
81
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
82<br />
19.4 Wiring diagram Selection & Credit Computer<br />
4,7n<br />
C3<br />
X5 1<br />
1N4004<br />
D7<br />
1u<br />
C6<br />
220u<br />
C8<br />
X5-1<br />
4,7n<br />
C2<br />
4,7n<br />
C1<br />
X5<br />
X5<br />
X5<br />
1u<br />
C5<br />
1u<br />
C4<br />
4m7<br />
C7<br />
X5-2<br />
X5-4<br />
GND<br />
2<br />
4<br />
3<br />
1N4004<br />
1N4004<br />
D4<br />
D6<br />
47n<br />
C11<br />
47n<br />
C12<br />
47n<br />
C13<br />
47n<br />
C14<br />
5V6<br />
DZ1<br />
1N4004<br />
D5<br />
7805<br />
IC1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
330n<br />
C10<br />
+35V<br />
+12V<br />
+12V<br />
+5V<br />
330n<br />
C9<br />
30V AC<br />
Stecker rot - Trafo<br />
plug red - transformer<br />
12V AC/DC<br />
12V AC/DC<br />
10k<br />
R1<br />
10k<br />
R2<br />
220<br />
R3<br />
BAT<br />
B1<br />
X1<br />
1<br />
X1<br />
2<br />
X1<br />
3<br />
10uF<br />
CN1<br />
D8<br />
Schottky<br />
DS1<br />
D9<br />
BC327<br />
T5<br />
UBAT<br />
+12V<br />
+5V<br />
Stecker<br />
plug<br />
Memory<br />
off<br />
on<br />
22k<br />
R88<br />
22k<br />
R86<br />
22k<br />
R84<br />
22k<br />
R82<br />
22k<br />
R80<br />
22k<br />
R78<br />
22k<br />
R76<br />
22k<br />
R74<br />
22k<br />
R72<br />
22k<br />
R70<br />
22k<br />
R68<br />
22k<br />
R66<br />
Si<br />
D67<br />
Si<br />
D63<br />
Si<br />
D59<br />
Si<br />
D55<br />
Si<br />
D51<br />
Si<br />
D47<br />
+5V<br />
Counter<br />
N.C.<br />
Cancel<br />
33k<br />
R91<br />
10k<br />
R92<br />
4k7<br />
R87<br />
4k7<br />
Si<br />
D65<br />
Si<br />
D61<br />
Si<br />
D57<br />
Si<br />
D53<br />
Si<br />
D49<br />
Si<br />
D45<br />
4n7<br />
C72<br />
X3<br />
3<br />
X3<br />
2<br />
X3<br />
1<br />
X4-4<br />
A X3-2<br />
+5V +5V<br />
4K7<br />
R90<br />
100k<br />
R89<br />
Si<br />
D89<br />
R85<br />
R83<br />
R81<br />
4K7<br />
R79<br />
R77<br />
R75<br />
R73<br />
R71<br />
R69<br />
R67<br />
4K7<br />
R65<br />
Si<br />
D46<br />
Si<br />
D50<br />
Si<br />
D54<br />
Si<br />
D58<br />
Si<br />
D62<br />
Si<br />
D66<br />
4K7<br />
Si<br />
D90<br />
4n7<br />
C73<br />
5V1<br />
ZD2<br />
T22<br />
B<br />
10k<br />
R93<br />
1k<br />
R94<br />
10u<br />
C71<br />
BC327<br />
+5V<br />
Relais_4<br />
Relais_1<br />
CA1<br />
PA3<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
PB7<br />
RR5<br />
Si<br />
D106<br />
CR1<br />
HC00<br />
IC14 12<br />
13<br />
+5V<br />
1K<br />
RR1<br />
3K3<br />
R09<br />
4K7<br />
1K<br />
10K<br />
RR3<br />
2K5<br />
RR4<br />
220<br />
4,9152MHz<br />
Q1<br />
Si<br />
D107<br />
Si<br />
D108 Si<br />
D109<br />
20p<br />
CQ1<br />
20p<br />
CQ2<br />
BC238<br />
T28<br />
220uF<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
+12V<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
RESET<br />
RESET<br />
RR2<br />
SEL-OUT<br />
14<br />
SEL-OUT<br />
14<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4011B<br />
IC11 11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
HC00<br />
IC14<br />
PA3<br />
PA3<br />
PB7<br />
PB7<br />
RR6<br />
10k<br />
R98<br />
10k<br />
560<br />
R96<br />
560<br />
R95<br />
D44<br />
D48<br />
Si<br />
D92<br />
Si<br />
D94<br />
D91<br />
D93<br />
C62<br />
C64<br />
C66<br />
C60<br />
C68<br />
4n7<br />
C70<br />
C78<br />
C75<br />
4n7<br />
C77<br />
4n7<br />
C76<br />
T20<br />
BC238B<br />
T21<br />
K<br />
X9 5<br />
X9 4<br />
X9 3<br />
Z<br />
X9 2<br />
X9 1<br />
IC10<br />
10<br />
8<br />
9<br />
IC10<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4093B<br />
IC10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4093B<br />
IC10<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
LED-Z<br />
LED-K<br />
VCC-IC10<br />
VCC-IC10<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
black = Zael-Ken<br />
220<br />
R103<br />
22k<br />
R102<br />
22k<br />
R101<br />
4k7<br />
R99<br />
4k7<br />
R100<br />
R97<br />
Si<br />
Si<br />
Si<br />
Si<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
47n<br />
C74<br />
BC238B<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4093B<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4093B<br />
CA1<br />
K<br />
+5V<br />
4n7<br />
C65<br />
C63<br />
C61<br />
C67<br />
C69<br />
X7 2<br />
X7 3<br />
X7 4<br />
X7 5<br />
X7 6<br />
X7 7<br />
X7 8<br />
X7 9<br />
X7 10<br />
X7 11<br />
X7 12<br />
X7 1<br />
X7-12<br />
X7-11<br />
X7-10<br />
X7-9<br />
X7-8<br />
X7-7<br />
X7-6<br />
X7-5<br />
X7-4<br />
X7-3<br />
X7-2<br />
4K7<br />
4K7<br />
8Q<br />
7Q<br />
6Q<br />
5Q<br />
4Q<br />
3Q<br />
2Q<br />
1Q<br />
8D<br />
7D<br />
6D<br />
5D<br />
4D<br />
3D<br />
2D<br />
1D<br />
C<br />
OC<br />
IC25<br />
2<br />
5<br />
6<br />
9<br />
12<br />
15<br />
16<br />
19<br />
1<br />
11<br />
3<br />
4<br />
7<br />
8<br />
A1<br />
A0<br />
AS<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
13<br />
14<br />
17<br />
18<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
6<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
5<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
5<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
6<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
4<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
5<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
9<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
7<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
8<br />
A2<br />
1<br />
6<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
9<br />
A1<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D5<br />
D1<br />
A0<br />
D0<br />
AS<br />
A13<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D4 A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A14<br />
SC2<br />
E<br />
P40<br />
P41<br />
P42<br />
P43<br />
P44<br />
P45<br />
P46<br />
P47<br />
P20<br />
P21<br />
P22<br />
P23<br />
P24<br />
29<br />
28<br />
27<br />
26<br />
25<br />
24<br />
23<br />
22<br />
38<br />
40<br />
74LS373<br />
IC22<br />
E<br />
A15<br />
WR<br />
A13<br />
OE<br />
A6<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A14<br />
O0<br />
O1<br />
O2<br />
O3<br />
O4<br />
A0<br />
A1<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
A8<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
A1<br />
D5<br />
D1<br />
A0<br />
D0<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D4<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
A8<br />
VCCSTBY<br />
SC1<br />
XTAL1<br />
EXTAL2<br />
NMI<br />
IRQ1<br />
RESET<br />
P34<br />
P35<br />
P36<br />
P37<br />
P14<br />
P15<br />
P16<br />
P17<br />
6803<br />
33<br />
32<br />
31<br />
30<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
20<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
4<br />
5<br />
39<br />
21<br />
6<br />
2<br />
3<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
25<br />
24<br />
I1<br />
I2<br />
I3<br />
I4<br />
I5<br />
I6<br />
I7<br />
IC19<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D5<br />
AS<br />
A13 D4<br />
A7<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A12<br />
A14<br />
A15<br />
CS<br />
OE<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A13<br />
O5<br />
O6<br />
O7<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A14<br />
27512<br />
18<br />
19<br />
21<br />
23<br />
2<br />
26<br />
27<br />
1<br />
20<br />
22<br />
IC23<br />
I8<br />
I9<br />
GND<br />
16L8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
CSROM<br />
UBAT<br />
UBAT<br />
CSPIA<br />
A15<br />
A13<br />
OE<br />
OE<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A11<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
+5V<br />
A14<br />
P30<br />
P31<br />
P32<br />
P33<br />
P10<br />
P11<br />
P12<br />
P13<br />
IC20<br />
37<br />
36<br />
35<br />
34<br />
14<br />
15<br />
16<br />
D7<br />
D6<br />
D5<br />
D4<br />
D3<br />
D2<br />
D1<br />
D0<br />
PA7<br />
PA6<br />
PA5<br />
PA4<br />
PA3<br />
PA2<br />
PA1<br />
PA0<br />
IC21<br />
33<br />
32<br />
31<br />
30<br />
29<br />
28<br />
27<br />
26<br />
I/O0<br />
I/O1<br />
I/O2<br />
I/O3<br />
I/O4<br />
A1<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
25<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
8<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
7<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
4<br />
A1<br />
1<br />
3<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
3<br />
A1<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
E<br />
D5<br />
D1<br />
D1<br />
A0<br />
D0<br />
D0<br />
WR<br />
D2<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D3<br />
D4<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
A4<br />
A5<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
A8<br />
13<br />
CB1<br />
CA1<br />
CA2<br />
IRQA<br />
CB2<br />
IRQB<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
40<br />
39<br />
18<br />
19<br />
38<br />
37<br />
36<br />
A0<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
15<br />
16<br />
D1<br />
A0<br />
D0<br />
IRQ1<br />
IRQ1<br />
CA1<br />
P13<br />
P14<br />
P15<br />
P12<br />
P11<br />
P10<br />
PA7<br />
PA3<br />
PA6<br />
PA5<br />
PA4<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
CA2<br />
P20<br />
P22<br />
P16<br />
P21<br />
P23<br />
D2<br />
P17<br />
D3<br />
CB1<br />
CB2<br />
D4<br />
PB7<br />
PB6<br />
PB5<br />
PB4<br />
PB3<br />
PB2<br />
PB1<br />
PB0<br />
6821<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
I/O5<br />
I/O6<br />
I/O7<br />
WE<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A13<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A14<br />
CS<br />
OE<br />
43256<br />
24<br />
21<br />
23<br />
2<br />
26<br />
1<br />
20<br />
27<br />
22<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
2K2<br />
R30<br />
47n<br />
CBB2<br />
RTC-72421<br />
CS0<br />
D3<br />
D2<br />
D1<br />
D0<br />
VDD<br />
VDD<br />
VDD<br />
A0<br />
A1<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
ALE<br />
CS1<br />
RD<br />
WR GND<br />
STD.P<br />
IC29<br />
9<br />
1<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
14<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
4<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
7<br />
A3<br />
1<br />
8<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D5<br />
D1<br />
D0<br />
UBAT<br />
PB3<br />
PB4<br />
PB5<br />
PB6<br />
PB1<br />
PB2<br />
PB0<br />
PB7<br />
WR<br />
A13<br />
D2<br />
P17<br />
D3<br />
OE<br />
A9<br />
A10<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
+5V<br />
A14<br />
CS2<br />
CS1<br />
CS0<br />
RESET<br />
R-W<br />
E<br />
RS1<br />
RS0<br />
35<br />
22<br />
24<br />
23<br />
25<br />
21<br />
34<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
3<br />
2<br />
15<br />
8<br />
10<br />
A1<br />
A1<br />
E<br />
A0<br />
CSPIA<br />
CSRTC<br />
WR<br />
WR<br />
OE<br />
A2<br />
A3<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
RESET<br />
NMI<br />
IRQ1<br />
AS<br />
P24<br />
+5V<br />
/7<br />
Si<br />
D52<br />
Si<br />
D56<br />
Si<br />
D60<br />
Si<br />
D64<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
INH<br />
3ST-DIS<br />
D0<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D4<br />
D5<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4512B<br />
IC9<br />
15<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
9<br />
IC8<br />
PA3<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
10k<br />
R10<br />
S1<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
INH<br />
3ST-DIS<br />
D0<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D4<br />
D5<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4512B<br />
15<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
9<br />
PA3<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
K<br />
+5V<br />
LT<br />
3K3<br />
R07<br />
3K3<br />
R04<br />
3K3<br />
R05<br />
3K3<br />
R06<br />
Si<br />
D2<br />
Si<br />
D1<br />
CB6<br />
CB5<br />
CB1<br />
CB3<br />
4n7<br />
CB4<br />
4n7<br />
CB2<br />
22uF<br />
CR<br />
V-<br />
V+<br />
C2-<br />
C2+<br />
R2IN<br />
R1IN<br />
T2OUT<br />
T1OUT<br />
R1OUT<br />
R2OUT<br />
C1+<br />
C1-<br />
T1IN<br />
T2IN<br />
ST1<br />
1<br />
ST1<br />
4<br />
ST1<br />
2<br />
ST1<br />
3<br />
ST1<br />
5<br />
5<br />
6<br />
1<br />
4<br />
2<br />
3<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
6<br />
4<br />
5<br />
NMI<br />
NMI<br />
NMI<br />
IRQ1<br />
T_IN<br />
P20<br />
P20<br />
P24<br />
P22<br />
P21<br />
P23<br />
T_OUT<br />
T_OUT<br />
+5V<br />
BR<br />
R01<br />
3K3<br />
R03<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
C201<br />
22uF<br />
C16<br />
IC15<br />
11<br />
10<br />
12<br />
9<br />
1<br />
3 5<br />
4<br />
8<br />
13<br />
7<br />
14<br />
6<br />
2<br />
ST2<br />
ST2<br />
ST2<br />
ST2<br />
ST2<br />
ST2<br />
HC00<br />
IC14<br />
HC00<br />
IC14<br />
IRQ1<br />
+5V<br />
RS 232<br />
BR<br />
R02<br />
4n7<br />
22uF<br />
C15<br />
11<br />
100K<br />
RP5<br />
100K<br />
RP3<br />
100K<br />
RP2<br />
100K<br />
RP1<br />
100K<br />
RP4<br />
100K<br />
RP6<br />
330<br />
R40<br />
4n7<br />
C200<br />
ST3<br />
1<br />
ST3<br />
2<br />
ST3<br />
3<br />
ST3<br />
4<br />
ST3<br />
5<br />
ST3<br />
6<br />
ST3<br />
7<br />
ST3<br />
8<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC27<br />
P13<br />
P14<br />
P15<br />
P12<br />
P11<br />
P10<br />
+5V<br />
C90<br />
C91<br />
4n7<br />
C92<br />
C95<br />
C94<br />
4n7<br />
C93<br />
CB8<br />
4n7<br />
CB7<br />
4n7<br />
22uF<br />
C28<br />
22uF<br />
C29<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
5 IC27 6<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC27 4<br />
3 <strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC27<br />
2<br />
1<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC27<br />
12 13<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC27<br />
10 11<br />
9<br />
MAX232<br />
+5V<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
8<br />
C104<br />
4n7<br />
C101<br />
X6<br />
X6<br />
X6<br />
X6<br />
BC337<br />
X8<br />
X8<br />
X8<br />
X8<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4011B<br />
IC11<br />
X6-5<br />
X6-4<br />
X6-3<br />
X6-2<br />
X8-3<br />
X8-2<br />
GND<br />
R<br />
Lockout<br />
22k<br />
RS2<br />
4k7<br />
RS3<br />
RS4<br />
22k<br />
RS5<br />
Si<br />
D103<br />
Si D104<br />
D100 Si D101<br />
4n7<br />
C100<br />
T30<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4011B<br />
IC11<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
X6-1<br />
+35V +35V<br />
X8-4<br />
+5V<br />
+5V<br />
Printer<br />
Rec-Play<br />
A<br />
1k<br />
4k7<br />
RS6<br />
Si<br />
D102<br />
Si<br />
C58<br />
C56<br />
4n7<br />
X6<br />
1<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
X6<br />
6<br />
BGM<br />
470<br />
R34<br />
R35<br />
R36<br />
R37<br />
470<br />
R38<br />
8R2<br />
R33<br />
1k<br />
R31<br />
10k<br />
R32<br />
Si<br />
D75<br />
4n7<br />
C57<br />
C55<br />
4n7<br />
C59<br />
6Q<br />
5Q<br />
4Q<br />
3Q<br />
2Q<br />
1Q<br />
40174<br />
2<br />
5<br />
7<br />
10<br />
12<br />
15<br />
1u<br />
C53<br />
470<br />
Si<br />
D74<br />
Si<br />
D72<br />
Si<br />
D71<br />
Si<br />
D70<br />
Si<br />
D73<br />
C54<br />
4n7<br />
IC5 BC337<br />
BC337<br />
BC337<br />
BC337<br />
BC337<br />
T14<br />
2<br />
470<br />
T10<br />
T11<br />
T12<br />
T13<br />
470<br />
22k<br />
R39<br />
CLR<br />
CP<br />
6D<br />
5D<br />
4D<br />
3D<br />
2D<br />
1D<br />
3<br />
4<br />
6<br />
11<br />
13<br />
14<br />
BC238B T15<br />
2u2<br />
CBB1<br />
D5<br />
D1<br />
D0<br />
CSLA<br />
CLR-IC5<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D4<br />
+5V<br />
1<br />
9<br />
1k<br />
RS1<br />
4n7<br />
C102<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4011B<br />
IC11<br />
10<br />
8<br />
9<br />
I/O2<br />
I/O3<br />
I/O4<br />
I/O5<br />
I/O6<br />
I/O7<br />
08<br />
O1<br />
VCC<br />
I10<br />
11<br />
19<br />
20<br />
18<br />
17<br />
16<br />
15<br />
14<br />
13<br />
12<br />
CSROM<br />
E<br />
CSLA<br />
CSPIA<br />
A15<br />
CSR<br />
CSRTC<br />
WR<br />
OE<br />
+5V<br />
100K<br />
RB1<br />
10K<br />
R11<br />
100K<br />
RB2<br />
10K<br />
R12<br />
100K<br />
RB4<br />
100K<br />
RB3<br />
T16<br />
T17<br />
UBAT<br />
CSR<br />
CSRTC<br />
CSRAM<br />
+5V<br />
CSR<br />
Stecker gelb - Tastatur<br />
plug yellow - keyboard<br />
Stecker grün<br />
plug green<br />
CA1<br />
PA3<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
PB7<br />
BC327<br />
X10<br />
12<br />
X10<br />
7<br />
X10<br />
6<br />
X10<br />
5<br />
X10<br />
4<br />
X10<br />
3<br />
X10<br />
2<br />
X10<br />
1<br />
X10<br />
9<br />
X10<br />
8<br />
100.<br />
4n7<br />
C46<br />
C45<br />
C38<br />
C36<br />
C35<br />
C37<br />
4n7<br />
C44<br />
4n7<br />
C43<br />
BO5<br />
1<br />
BO5<br />
2<br />
BO5<br />
3<br />
BO5<br />
4<br />
BO5<br />
5<br />
BO5<br />
6<br />
BO5<br />
7<br />
BO6<br />
1<br />
BO6<br />
2<br />
BO6<br />
3<br />
BO6<br />
4<br />
BO6<br />
5<br />
BO6<br />
6<br />
BO6<br />
7<br />
RBO<br />
G<br />
F<br />
E<br />
D<br />
C<br />
B<br />
A<br />
LT<br />
RBI<br />
A3<br />
A2<br />
A1<br />
A0<br />
7447A<br />
IC7<br />
13<br />
12<br />
11<br />
10<br />
9<br />
15<br />
14<br />
4<br />
7<br />
1<br />
2<br />
6<br />
3<br />
5<br />
T23<br />
4n7<br />
BS<br />
GP<br />
+5V<br />
4n7<br />
BO4<br />
7<br />
BO4<br />
6<br />
BO4<br />
5<br />
B4<br />
BO4<br />
4<br />
BO4<br />
3<br />
BO4<br />
2<br />
BO4<br />
1<br />
BO3<br />
1<br />
BO3<br />
2<br />
BO3<br />
3<br />
B3<br />
BO3<br />
4<br />
BO3<br />
5<br />
BO3<br />
6<br />
BO3<br />
7<br />
BO2<br />
1<br />
BO2<br />
2<br />
BO2<br />
3<br />
B2<br />
BO2<br />
4<br />
BO2<br />
5<br />
BO2<br />
6<br />
BO2<br />
7<br />
BO1<br />
1<br />
BO1<br />
2<br />
BO1<br />
3<br />
B1<br />
BO1<br />
4<br />
BO1<br />
5<br />
BO1<br />
6<br />
BO1<br />
7<br />
X10<br />
13<br />
X10<br />
14<br />
X10<br />
10<br />
X10<br />
11<br />
+5V<br />
X10 = DIL 14<br />
10000.<br />
1000.<br />
1.<br />
10.<br />
150<br />
R57<br />
4R7<br />
R59<br />
150<br />
R60<br />
150<br />
R62<br />
150<br />
R104<br />
150<br />
R106<br />
220<br />
R61<br />
220<br />
R63<br />
220<br />
R58<br />
220<br />
R105<br />
220<br />
R107<br />
4n7<br />
C42<br />
4n7<br />
C41<br />
4n7<br />
C40<br />
4n7<br />
C39<br />
BC327<br />
T27<br />
BC327<br />
T26<br />
BC327<br />
T25<br />
BC327<br />
T24<br />
Ge<br />
D84<br />
Ge<br />
D85<br />
Ge<br />
D83<br />
Ge<br />
D87<br />
Ge<br />
D86<br />
Ge<br />
D88<br />
Ge<br />
Ge<br />
Ge<br />
Ge D79<br />
Ge<br />
D81<br />
Ge D80<br />
BR1<br />
S2<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
D<br />
C<br />
B<br />
A<br />
7445<br />
IC6<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
15<br />
14<br />
13<br />
12<br />
PA7<br />
PA6<br />
PA5<br />
PA4<br />
T.T.<br />
BO7<br />
+2 BO7<br />
+3 BO7<br />
BO7<br />
BR<br />
GP+6<br />
BO7<br />
BO7<br />
BO7<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
SERVICE<br />
D77<br />
D76<br />
D82<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Ge D26<br />
Ge D34<br />
PA7<br />
PA3<br />
PA3<br />
PA6<br />
PA5<br />
PA4<br />
PA0<br />
PA0<br />
PA1<br />
PA1<br />
PA2<br />
PA2<br />
4k7<br />
R55<br />
+5V<br />
Ge D33<br />
Ge D32<br />
Ge D31<br />
Ge D30<br />
Ge D29<br />
Ge D28<br />
Ge D27<br />
+5V<br />
1k5<br />
R52<br />
1k5<br />
R51<br />
1k5<br />
R50<br />
4k7<br />
R54<br />
4k7<br />
R53<br />
Si D21<br />
Si D14<br />
Si D16<br />
Si D15<br />
Si D18<br />
Si D17<br />
Si D24<br />
Si D25<br />
Si D22<br />
Si D23<br />
Si D20<br />
Si D19<br />
LED-M<br />
4N28<br />
IC2<br />
2<br />
4<br />
4N28<br />
IC3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
5<br />
4<br />
4N28<br />
IC4<br />
1<br />
2<br />
5<br />
4<br />
X3-2<br />
X2-8<br />
X2-7<br />
X2-5<br />
X2-4<br />
X2-6<br />
X2-3<br />
X2-9<br />
+35V<br />
+35V<br />
+5V<br />
X3_Pin2<br />
Counter<br />
Rel. C<br />
+5V<br />
1k<br />
R5<br />
1k<br />
R6<br />
Si<br />
D13<br />
Si<br />
D10<br />
400V<br />
4n7<br />
+/-20%<br />
C34<br />
400V<br />
+/-20%<br />
C33<br />
BC337<br />
BC337<br />
REL1<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
4<br />
REL2<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
4<br />
X4<br />
1<br />
X4<br />
2<br />
X4-1<br />
X4-2<br />
GND<br />
MM<br />
4n7<br />
C27<br />
C21<br />
C22<br />
C23<br />
C26<br />
C25<br />
C24<br />
4n7<br />
C20<br />
T1<br />
PTC<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
4n7<br />
T<br />
400V<br />
4n7<br />
+/-20%<br />
C30<br />
400V<br />
4n7<br />
+/-20%<br />
C31<br />
REL3<br />
REL4<br />
X4<br />
3<br />
X4<br />
4<br />
X4-4<br />
X4-3<br />
T22<br />
M6<br />
N.C.<br />
M3<br />
1k<br />
R7<br />
Si<br />
D11<br />
Si<br />
D12<br />
C32<br />
T2<br />
BC337<br />
T3<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
4<br />
1<br />
2 3<br />
4<br />
1k<br />
R8<br />
4n7<br />
BC337<br />
T4<br />
PB3<br />
PB4<br />
PB5<br />
PB2<br />
+12V<br />
+12V<br />
+12V<br />
+12V<br />
PB6<br />
4n7<br />
X2<br />
1<br />
4n7<br />
X2<br />
9<br />
X2<br />
8<br />
X2<br />
7<br />
X2<br />
6<br />
X2<br />
5<br />
X2<br />
4<br />
X2<br />
3<br />
X2<br />
2<br />
1<br />
1 2<br />
1<br />
5<br />
1 2<br />
PB1<br />
PB0<br />
DIL-Stecker - 7-Segment-Anzeige<br />
DIL plug - digital display<br />
Schalter<br />
switch<br />
Münzeingäne<br />
Coin inputs<br />
Getriebemotor<br />
gear motor<br />
Korbmotor<br />
basket motor<br />
Stecker blau - Mechanik<br />
plug blue - changer<br />
Stecker weiß - Anschluß Fernwahl<br />
plug white - remote selector<br />
Stecker braun - Ausgänge für...<br />
plug brown - outputs for...<br />
Happy Hour<br />
Dauerspielschalter<br />
continuous play switch<br />
Stecker P8<br />
plug P8<br />
Stecker P5<br />
plug P5<br />
Stecker P6<br />
plug P6<br />
Schaltplan<br />
Wiring diagram<br />
Selection & credit Computer<br />
4501-rs
19.5 Board layout <strong>CD</strong>M12 SC<br />
LM9V<br />
DSPA<br />
7805<br />
CSPA2<br />
SPA<br />
LM317<br />
CB60<br />
DSP1<br />
7805<br />
CSPA4<br />
+<br />
-<br />
AUDIO_OUT_LEFT<br />
CSPA1<br />
-<br />
+<br />
CB53<br />
RB51<br />
rot / red<br />
1<br />
POWER<br />
CB54<br />
CG1<br />
CB61<br />
DIP<br />
ICB26<br />
TM<br />
HD1133<br />
T2<br />
RB28<br />
RB27<br />
RB29<br />
RB26<br />
T3<br />
RB25<br />
RB30<br />
-<br />
+<br />
-<br />
+<br />
AUDIO_OUT_RIGHT<br />
CSPA3<br />
CG2<br />
RB15<br />
RB16<br />
RB10<br />
RB11<br />
RB12<br />
RB13<br />
RB14<br />
CA10<br />
CICA30<br />
ICA30<br />
ICB28<br />
CA11<br />
RA13<br />
MAX232<br />
CA13<br />
CA12<br />
RA10<br />
CICB23<br />
TB30<br />
RA11<br />
RA12<br />
74HC00<br />
1<br />
AUDIO_IN<br />
OK2<br />
grün<br />
green<br />
OK1<br />
CNY17-3<br />
CICB28<br />
CA14<br />
CA15<br />
CA16<br />
CA17<br />
CNY17-3<br />
RB33<br />
RB32<br />
CICB22<br />
RB36<br />
RB34<br />
RB35<br />
ICB29<br />
CB51<br />
74LS138<br />
DB50<br />
CB52<br />
ICB24<br />
RB54<br />
CB50<br />
RB53<br />
RB56<br />
4093<br />
RB55<br />
CICB24<br />
RS9A<br />
1<br />
TB50<br />
ICB25<br />
RB50<br />
RB51<br />
RB52<br />
CICB29<br />
CG11<br />
DB48<br />
CG10<br />
DB45<br />
GB<br />
DB47<br />
ICB20<br />
-<br />
~<br />
HEF4511<br />
~<br />
+<br />
blue<br />
DB49<br />
CG12<br />
CG13<br />
DB43<br />
DB41<br />
<strong>CD</strong>IP<br />
DB40<br />
RB45<br />
DB42<br />
RB46<br />
DB24<br />
RB42<br />
RB43<br />
RB44<br />
CICB25<br />
DB44<br />
RB47<br />
RB41<br />
RB48 blau<br />
DSA<br />
1<br />
DB46<br />
RS232<br />
CB40<br />
CB41<br />
CB42<br />
CB43<br />
LASER TRAFO<br />
5564<br />
27256<br />
1<br />
RS9C<br />
74HCT573<br />
CICB21<br />
6803<br />
RB40<br />
RB22<br />
DB21<br />
RB23<br />
RB24<br />
DB20<br />
RB31<br />
CQ1<br />
DB22<br />
DB23<br />
7705<br />
ICB27<br />
CCT<br />
CREF1<br />
CICB27<br />
U1<br />
ICB21<br />
RS9B<br />
1<br />
4,9152MHz<br />
Q1<br />
ICB23<br />
ICB22<br />
RB20<br />
RB21<br />
CICB20<br />
CQ2<br />
Bestückungsplan<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M12 SC-Steuerung<br />
Board Layout<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M12 Serial Controller<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
83
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
84<br />
19.6 Wiring diagram <strong>CD</strong>M12 SC<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M12 SC-Steuerung<br />
<strong>CD</strong>M12 Serial Controller<br />
Schaltplan<br />
Wiring diagram<br />
4501-rs<br />
2A G<br />
2BG<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
Y0<br />
Y1<br />
Y2<br />
Y3<br />
Y4<br />
Y5<br />
Y6<br />
Y7<br />
74LS138<br />
(8=GNDB,16=+5VB)<br />
15<br />
14<br />
13<br />
12<br />
11<br />
10<br />
9<br />
7<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
6<br />
4<br />
5<br />
GNDB<br />
A5<br />
A4<br />
A1<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
E<br />
A2<br />
A13<br />
A14<br />
A0<br />
A15<br />
A3<br />
CS1<br />
CS3<br />
1Q<br />
2Q<br />
3Q<br />
4Q<br />
5Q<br />
6Q<br />
7Q<br />
8Q 8D<br />
7D<br />
6D<br />
5D<br />
4D<br />
3D<br />
2D<br />
1D<br />
C<br />
OC<br />
(10=GNDB,20=+5VB)<br />
74HCT573<br />
ICB21<br />
19<br />
18<br />
17<br />
16<br />
15<br />
14<br />
13<br />
12<br />
1<br />
11<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
D5<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D0<br />
D4<br />
AS<br />
GNDB<br />
P47<br />
P46<br />
P45<br />
P44<br />
P43<br />
P42<br />
P41<br />
P40<br />
E VCCSTBY<br />
SC2<br />
(1=GNDB,7=+5VB)<br />
6803<br />
29<br />
28<br />
27<br />
26<br />
25<br />
24<br />
23<br />
22<br />
38<br />
40<br />
E<br />
A10<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A13<br />
A14<br />
WR<br />
A15<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
P24<br />
P23<br />
P22<br />
P21<br />
P20<br />
RESET<br />
IRQ1<br />
NMI<br />
EXTAL2<br />
XTAL1<br />
SC1<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
4<br />
5<br />
39<br />
21<br />
6<br />
2<br />
3<br />
DB20<br />
1N4446<br />
1<br />
4,9152MHz<br />
+5VB<br />
27pF<br />
CQ2<br />
3K3<br />
RB20<br />
3K3<br />
RB21<br />
+5VB<br />
1N4446<br />
DB21<br />
DB23<br />
U1<br />
AS<br />
IRQ1<br />
RX<br />
TX<br />
NMI<br />
P22<br />
GNDB<br />
P21<br />
P20<br />
P17<br />
P16<br />
P15<br />
P14<br />
P13<br />
P12<br />
P11<br />
P10<br />
P37<br />
P36<br />
P35<br />
P34<br />
P33<br />
P32<br />
P31<br />
P30<br />
ICB20<br />
37<br />
36<br />
35<br />
34<br />
33<br />
32<br />
31<br />
30<br />
13<br />
14<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
20<br />
3K3<br />
RB27<br />
3K3<br />
RB26<br />
3K3<br />
RB25<br />
1N4446<br />
D5<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D0<br />
D4<br />
P10<br />
P11<br />
P12<br />
ACK2<br />
DDA2<br />
DST2<br />
DRST4<br />
P16<br />
T3<br />
3K3<br />
RB24<br />
+5VB<br />
10K<br />
RB28<br />
10K<br />
RB29<br />
10K<br />
RB30<br />
T2<br />
TM<br />
+5VB<br />
4093<br />
ICB29<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
3<br />
1N4446<br />
DB24 LASEROFF<br />
(4=GNDB,8=+5VB)<br />
7705<br />
3K3<br />
RB22<br />
3K3<br />
RB23<br />
1N4446<br />
DB22<br />
4093<br />
ICB29<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
10K<br />
RB40<br />
10K<br />
RB41<br />
10K<br />
RB42<br />
10K<br />
RB43<br />
10K<br />
RB44<br />
1N4446<br />
DB40<br />
1N4446<br />
DB41<br />
100nF AUDIO_OUT_RIGHT<br />
DIP<br />
1<br />
2<br />
+5VB<br />
GNDB<br />
100nF<br />
<strong>CD</strong>IP<br />
1N4446<br />
DB42<br />
1N4446<br />
DB43<br />
1N4446<br />
DB44<br />
100R RB47<br />
100R RB46<br />
100R<br />
RB45<br />
GNDB<br />
GND<br />
1<br />
2<br />
DSA<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
LASEROFF<br />
LASEROFF<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDB<br />
DDA<br />
ACK<br />
DST<br />
DRST<br />
1<br />
ICB24<br />
A14<br />
A10<br />
A9<br />
A8<br />
A7<br />
A6<br />
A5<br />
A4<br />
A3<br />
A2<br />
A1<br />
A0<br />
O7<br />
O6<br />
O5<br />
O4<br />
O3<br />
O2<br />
O1<br />
O0<br />
A13<br />
A12<br />
A11<br />
A15<br />
(14=GNDB,28=+5VB)<br />
ICB22<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
25<br />
24<br />
21<br />
23<br />
2<br />
26<br />
27<br />
1<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
2<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
3<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
8<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
9<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
7<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
6<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
5<br />
10K RS9B<br />
1<br />
4<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C<br />
10K RS9C A5<br />
A5<br />
A4<br />
A4<br />
A1<br />
A1<br />
A6<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
A7<br />
A10<br />
A2<br />
A2<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A13<br />
A14<br />
A0<br />
A0<br />
D5<br />
D5<br />
A3<br />
A3<br />
D6<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D7<br />
D1<br />
D1<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D2<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D3<br />
D3<br />
D0<br />
D0<br />
D0<br />
D4<br />
D4<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
OE<br />
CS<br />
27256<br />
20<br />
22<br />
ICB23<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
E<br />
F<br />
G<br />
HEF4511<br />
ICB25<br />
74HC00<br />
ICB28<br />
6<br />
4<br />
5<br />
2<br />
+5VB<br />
+5VB<br />
+5VB<br />
A15<br />
OE<br />
CS<br />
A14<br />
A10<br />
A9<br />
A8<br />
A7<br />
A6<br />
A5<br />
A4<br />
A3<br />
A2<br />
A1<br />
A0<br />
A13<br />
A12<br />
A11<br />
WE<br />
I/O7<br />
I/O6<br />
I/O5<br />
I/O4<br />
I/O3<br />
I/O2<br />
I/O1<br />
I/O0<br />
(14=GNDB,28=+5VB)<br />
74HC00<br />
ICB28<br />
3<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
10K RS9A<br />
+5VB<br />
A5<br />
A4<br />
A1<br />
CS2<br />
A6<br />
A7<br />
E<br />
A10<br />
A10<br />
A2<br />
A11<br />
A11<br />
A12<br />
A12<br />
A13<br />
A13<br />
A14<br />
A14<br />
A0<br />
WR<br />
A15<br />
A3<br />
OE<br />
A8<br />
A8<br />
A9<br />
A9<br />
CS1<br />
CS3<br />
5564<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
25<br />
24<br />
21<br />
23<br />
2<br />
26<br />
1<br />
20<br />
27<br />
22<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
19<br />
1<br />
+5VB<br />
D5<br />
WR<br />
WR<br />
D6<br />
D7<br />
D1<br />
D2<br />
D3<br />
D0<br />
D4<br />
OE<br />
CS1<br />
-EL<br />
GND<br />
+5V<br />
-BI<br />
-LT<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
8<br />
9<br />
14<br />
15<br />
16 G<br />
F<br />
E<br />
HD1133<br />
1<br />
9<br />
10<br />
560R<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDB<br />
+5VB<br />
OK2<br />
330R RB14<br />
330R RB15<br />
330R RB16<br />
10K<br />
RB35<br />
100K<br />
RB36<br />
GNDB<br />
CS3<br />
DD<br />
DC<br />
DB<br />
DA<br />
1<br />
2<br />
6<br />
7<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
DP<br />
K2<br />
K1<br />
D<br />
C<br />
B<br />
A<br />
ICB26<br />
7<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
8<br />
3<br />
5<br />
RB10<br />
330R<br />
330R RB11<br />
330R RB12<br />
330R RB13 GNDB<br />
TB30 BC327<br />
2.7nF<br />
CG10<br />
2.7nF<br />
CG12<br />
GB<br />
1 3<br />
4<br />
1N4446<br />
DB45<br />
1N4446<br />
DB46<br />
1N4446<br />
DB47<br />
1N4446<br />
DB48<br />
1N4446<br />
1N4004<br />
DB51<br />
4093<br />
ICB29<br />
1<br />
2<br />
10K<br />
RB32<br />
10K<br />
RB33<br />
+5VB<br />
+5VB<br />
POWER<br />
3<br />
4<br />
JST<br />
1nF<br />
CB41<br />
1nF<br />
CB42<br />
1nF<br />
CB43<br />
GNDB<br />
DB49<br />
100R RB48<br />
1N4004 DSP1<br />
GND<br />
VOUT<br />
7805<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
1nF<br />
CB40<br />
GNDB<br />
+5VB<br />
+5VB<br />
100nF<br />
CB61<br />
JST<br />
1<br />
2<br />
BC337<br />
TB50<br />
10uF<br />
CB60<br />
100nF<br />
CB54<br />
ADJ<br />
VOUT<br />
LM9V<br />
LM317<br />
VIN SPB<br />
DLM9V<br />
1K<br />
RB52<br />
330R<br />
RB51<br />
4093<br />
ICB29<br />
10<br />
8<br />
9<br />
1uF<br />
CB51<br />
220K<br />
RB54<br />
1N4446<br />
DB50<br />
1K<br />
RB53<br />
GNDB<br />
22K<br />
RB55<br />
1uF<br />
CB52<br />
47K<br />
RB56<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDB<br />
CB53<br />
10uF<br />
47K<br />
RB57<br />
GNDB<br />
+9VB<br />
+9VB<br />
2<br />
GNDB<br />
GNDA<br />
470uF/40V<br />
CG1<br />
2<br />
VIN<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2K2<br />
RB50<br />
1N4004<br />
470nF<br />
CB50<br />
2.7nF<br />
CG11<br />
2.7nF<br />
CG13<br />
GNDB<br />
100K<br />
RA10<br />
470uF/40V<br />
CG2<br />
GNDB<br />
10K<br />
RA11<br />
TRAFO<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICA30<br />
CSPA3<br />
1N4004<br />
DSPA<br />
GNDA<br />
470uF/40V<br />
CSPA4<br />
0VB<br />
0VB<br />
GNDA<br />
10VAC<br />
VIN<br />
GND<br />
470uF/40V<br />
GNDA<br />
T2IN<br />
T1IN<br />
C1-<br />
C1+<br />
R2OUT<br />
R1OUT<br />
T1OUT<br />
T2OUT<br />
R1IN<br />
R2IN<br />
C2+<br />
C2-<br />
V+<br />
V-<br />
(15=GNDA,16=+5VA)<br />
MAX232<br />
ICA30<br />
11<br />
10<br />
12<br />
9<br />
1<br />
3<br />
5<br />
4<br />
8<br />
13<br />
7<br />
14<br />
6 2<br />
RS232<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
47uF<br />
GNDA<br />
100K<br />
RA13<br />
22uF<br />
CA10<br />
+5VA<br />
+5VA<br />
22uF<br />
CA12<br />
22uF<br />
CA11<br />
4.7nF<br />
CA16<br />
4.7nF<br />
CA15<br />
4.7nF<br />
CA14<br />
GNDA<br />
22uF<br />
CA13<br />
100nF<br />
CSPA1<br />
4.7nF<br />
CA17<br />
GNDA<br />
+5VA<br />
RXD<br />
DTR<br />
CTR<br />
TXD<br />
RB34<br />
GNDA<br />
560R<br />
RA12<br />
+5VA<br />
GNDA<br />
CS3<br />
+5VA<br />
+5VA<br />
CSPA2<br />
7805<br />
SPA 1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
GNDA<br />
+5VA<br />
VOUT<br />
ICB28 8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
74HC00<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB21<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB20<br />
GNDB<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB22<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB23<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB24<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB25<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB28<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB29<br />
+5VB<br />
GNDB<br />
4.7nF<br />
CICB27<br />
E<br />
WR<br />
WR<br />
CQ1<br />
27pF<br />
Q1<br />
2<br />
GNDB<br />
RB31<br />
+5VB<br />
AS<br />
RESIN<br />
SEAKE<br />
RESET<br />
RESET<br />
CT<br />
REF1<br />
ICB27<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
+5VB<br />
GNDB<br />
CREF1<br />
cinch<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
cinch<br />
AUDIO_OUT_LEFT<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
CCT<br />
3.3uF<br />
RIGHT<br />
LEFT<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
LASER<br />
AUDIO_IN<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
JST<br />
GND<br />
RIGHT<br />
LEFT<br />
GND<br />
GND<br />
3 16VAC<br />
OK1<br />
CNY17-3<br />
CNY17-3<br />
3K3<br />
Isolierte Masse !<br />
Insulated ground !
19.7 Wiring diagram 24V distributor interface<br />
vom Verstärker<br />
from amplifier<br />
rechts / right<br />
Heizwiderstände für Bubble Tubes<br />
Heating resistors for bubble tubes<br />
links / left<br />
br<br />
rd<br />
or<br />
ye<br />
24V~<br />
rt sw ws<br />
or<br />
rd<br />
br<br />
ye<br />
gn<br />
bl<br />
Motoren für<br />
Farbröhren<br />
Motors for<br />
colour tubes<br />
M<br />
M<br />
links / left<br />
rechts / right<br />
br<br />
rd<br />
24V Lampe Zierschild Stern<br />
24V lamp glass decorative star<br />
ye<br />
or<br />
24V Lampe Scheibe unten<br />
24V lamp glass at the bottom<br />
Verteilerplatine vollst. / distribution interface compl. 0059920<br />
Synchronmotor motor<br />
24V - 375U 50Hz<br />
0013648<br />
Lampe<br />
lamp<br />
24V 21W<br />
0012943<br />
Heizwiderstand heating resistor 120W 10% 5W<br />
0013217<br />
Sicherung<br />
fuse<br />
T 3,15A<br />
0011455<br />
Schaltplan 24V-Verteilerplatine<br />
Wiring diagram 24V AC distribution interface<br />
4501-rs<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
85
+VSS<br />
1<br />
3<br />
7812CTH<br />
2<br />
IC6<br />
3<br />
100k<br />
R12<br />
P3<br />
+30V<br />
R11<br />
100k<br />
bn<br />
rd<br />
or<br />
D12<br />
P6<br />
Interface MS111<br />
+30V<br />
GND<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4013<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
6<br />
0<br />
0<br />
0,26A<br />
9<br />
10<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4538<br />
T<br />
3<br />
RESET<br />
IC3<br />
10k<br />
R8<br />
0<br />
22 F<br />
IC3<br />
CX<br />
TR-<br />
TR+<br />
5<br />
4<br />
C9<br />
RXCX<br />
CX<br />
14<br />
15<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4538<br />
13<br />
0 RESET<br />
TR-<br />
TR+<br />
11<br />
12<br />
+VSS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
IC2<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4081B<br />
C5<br />
10k<br />
R6<br />
+VSS +VSS +VSS<br />
100k<br />
R7<br />
1<br />
F<br />
P5<br />
Mot -<br />
+VSS<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B <strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
3<br />
+VSS<br />
bn<br />
rd<br />
or<br />
ye<br />
Motorbuch<br />
Motor page system<br />
‘0’ Position<br />
Mikroschalter<br />
Microswitch<br />
M<br />
19.8 Wiring diagram motor page system<br />
1N4004<br />
D17<br />
C6 1F<br />
C4<br />
470k<br />
R10<br />
47k<br />
R13<br />
1F<br />
1 1<br />
2 2<br />
3 3<br />
C14 47 F<br />
3 4 5<br />
IC1 IC1<br />
1 VIN<br />
IC4<br />
2<br />
D15 D13<br />
4*1N4004<br />
D16<br />
6 7 D11<br />
L293<br />
D14<br />
4n7<br />
C13<br />
4n7<br />
10k<br />
R4<br />
12<br />
13<br />
D8<br />
D9<br />
D5<br />
10k<br />
R3<br />
PTC1<br />
C12<br />
2<br />
1<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4013B<br />
4<br />
RESET 5<br />
0 D<br />
3<br />
0 CLK 6<br />
SET<br />
IC5<br />
D6<br />
1<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC1<br />
13 12<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
D7<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4013B<br />
10<br />
RESET<br />
9<br />
0 D<br />
0 CLK<br />
11<br />
8<br />
SET<br />
IC5<br />
C8<br />
C7<br />
C2<br />
IC1<br />
2<br />
0,1F<br />
0,1F<br />
0,1F<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4081B<br />
9<br />
10<br />
IC2 8<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
IC1<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4081B<br />
6 IC1<br />
4<br />
IC2 5 8 9<br />
D10<br />
+VSS<br />
+VSS<br />
10<br />
<strong>CD</strong>40106B<br />
100k<br />
R9<br />
11<br />
27k<br />
R1<br />
4n7 C10<br />
4n7 C11<br />
R2<br />
27k<br />
<strong>CD</strong>4081B<br />
13<br />
11<br />
IC2 12<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
P6<br />
GND<br />
RXCX 2 1<br />
C1 0,1 F<br />
gn<br />
bl<br />
vio<br />
L<br />
gr<br />
R<br />
wt<br />
GND<br />
blk<br />
GND<br />
buttons P4<br />
100k<br />
R5<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
6 D18<br />
D19<br />
10k<br />
R14<br />
Alle unbezeichneten Dioden: 1N4446<br />
All diodes without designation: 1N4446<br />
Schaltplan Motorbuchansteuerung<br />
Wiring diagram motor page system<br />
0035737<br />
4501-rs<br />
86<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
lk<br />
gn<br />
wt<br />
(rd)<br />
blk<br />
gr<br />
(ye)<br />
Netzschalter<br />
Mains switch<br />
(bl)<br />
gn<br />
gr<br />
(ye)<br />
F6,0 A<br />
resistor<br />
resistor<br />
Lights and Dollar accept.<br />
1 2 3<br />
Socket 1<br />
250V AC<br />
0036427<br />
Terminal block<br />
blk<br />
br<br />
rd<br />
0036426<br />
120°C<br />
248°F<br />
Terminal circuit<br />
breaker<br />
0036427<br />
wt/rd<br />
wt<br />
wt/ye<br />
wt<br />
wt/rd<br />
wt/blk<br />
25V<br />
10V<br />
10V<br />
25V<br />
29V<br />
resistor<br />
resistor<br />
blk<br />
blk<br />
gr<br />
wt<br />
wt<br />
gr<br />
blk<br />
blk<br />
bl<br />
19.9 Wiring diagram bubble tubes<br />
Lamp: 4x24V/4W<br />
Synchronous motor 24V / 50Hz / 60Hz<br />
or<br />
5W<br />
0035552<br />
117V AC<br />
Bubble T.<br />
heater<br />
120<br />
5W<br />
ye<br />
47<br />
M<br />
8,2F<br />
Ub = 12,5V<br />
Bubble T.<br />
heater<br />
120<br />
5W<br />
R<br />
R<br />
blk<br />
br<br />
1 2<br />
~<br />
1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
~<br />
3<br />
3<br />
4<br />
4<br />
~<br />
5<br />
5<br />
6<br />
6<br />
~ ~ ~<br />
7 1 2 3<br />
7 1 2 3<br />
~<br />
1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
~<br />
3<br />
3<br />
4<br />
4<br />
0036425<br />
Fuse 1A, M<br />
Fuse 1A, M<br />
25 V - Interface<br />
1 2 3 4 5<br />
~ ~ ~<br />
br<br />
rd<br />
or<br />
T<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Lüsterklemme<br />
Verstärker<br />
Luster terminal<br />
amplifier<br />
R<br />
R<br />
BubbleTube<br />
Heizung / heater<br />
120<br />
5W<br />
Farbkodierung / Colour code<br />
blk<br />
bl<br />
br<br />
gn<br />
gr<br />
or<br />
rd<br />
vio<br />
wt<br />
ye<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
black<br />
blue<br />
brown<br />
green<br />
grey<br />
orange<br />
red<br />
violet<br />
white<br />
yellow<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
schwarz<br />
blau<br />
braun<br />
grün<br />
grau<br />
orange<br />
rot<br />
violett<br />
weiß<br />
gelb<br />
BubbleTube<br />
Heizung / heater<br />
120<br />
5W<br />
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1<br />
Verstärkerplatine<br />
Amplifier board<br />
Schaltplan Bubble Tubes<br />
Wiring diagram bubble tubes<br />
4501-rs<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
87
19.10 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply<br />
88<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
19.11 Wiring diagram K99 - output transformer<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
89
19.12 Wiring diagram K99 - pre-amplifier<br />
90<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
19.13 Wiring diagram K99 - sound control<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
91
19.14 Wiring diagram K99 - port A<br />
92<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
19.15 Wiring diagram K99 - Mute<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
93
19.16 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply Euro 230V<br />
94<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007
19.17 Wiring diagram K99 - power supply UL/USA 117V<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Edition: 09.08.2007<br />
95
Wiring diagram K99 - power supply UL/USA 117V<br />
20 Declaration of Conformity<br />
Konformitätserklärung – Declaration of Conformity – Déclaration de Conformité<br />
Geräteart:<br />
Product Description:<br />
Description Du Produit:<br />
Typenbezeichnung:<br />
Model No.:<br />
Modèle No.:<br />
Musikbox<br />
Jukebox<br />
Juke-box<br />
<strong>ONE</strong> <strong>MORE</strong> <strong>TIME</strong> (OMT) <strong>CD</strong><br />
Angewandte EG-<br />
Richtlinien:<br />
Directives Complied with:<br />
Directives de la CE:<br />
Technische Vorschriften:<br />
Standards used:<br />
Régulation Technique:<br />
Unterschrift/Signature/<br />
Signature<br />
Gedruckter Name/Print<br />
name/nom<br />
73/23/EEC<br />
89/336/EEC<br />
EN 50081-1<br />
EN 50082-2<br />
EN 60335-1<br />
EN 60335-75<br />
EN 55022<br />
Niederspannungsrichtlinie<br />
Low voltage directive<br />
Directive relaative aux appareils à basse tension<br />
Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit<br />
EMC Directive<br />
Directive Relative à la compatibilité electromagnétique<br />
Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit<br />
Fachgrundnorm Störaussendung<br />
Electromagnetic compatibility<br />
Generic Emissions Requirements<br />
Compatibilité electromagnétique<br />
Norme générique emission<br />
Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit<br />
Fachgrundnorm Störaussendung<br />
Electromagnetic Compatibility<br />
Generic Emissions Requirements<br />
Compatibilité electromagnétique<br />
Norme générique emission<br />
Sicherheit elektrischer Geräte für den Hausgebrauch und<br />
ähnliche Zwecke<br />
Safety of household and similar<br />
Electrical appliances<br />
Sécurité des appareils electrodomestiques et analogues<br />
Grenzwerte und Messverfahren für Funkstörungen von<br />
informationstechnischen Einrichtungen<br />
Limits an methods of measurement of radio interference<br />
characteristics of information technology equipment<br />
Sécurité des appareils electrodomestiques et analogues<br />
Grenzwerte Und Messverfahren Für Funkstörungen Von<br />
Informationstechnischen Einrichtungen<br />
Limits And Methods Of Measurement Of Radio<br />
Interference Characteristics Of Information Technology<br />
Equipment.<br />
Jürgen Obermeier<br />
Position/Position/Position<br />
Chief Engineer/Technischer Leiter/Directeur Technique<br />
Datum/Date/Date 2. Januar 1995 / 2. January 1995 / 2. Janvier 1995<br />
96<br />
OMT <strong>CD</strong> – Stand: 09.08.2007
R<br />
Germany<br />
Deutsche <strong>Wurlitzer</strong> GmbH<br />
<strong>Wurlitzer</strong>straße 6<br />
D-32609 Hüllhorst<br />
Tel.: +49(0) 57 44 - 941-0<br />
Fax: +49(0) 57 44 - 941 220<br />
contact@deutsche-wurlitzer.de<br />
Art.-Nr.: 0073254<br />
<strong>Wurlitzer</strong>® A Registered Trademark of the Gibson Guitar Corporation Edition 4708